NZ626745B2 - Cyclic amide derivatives as inhibitors of 11 - beta - hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and uses thereof - Google Patents

Cyclic amide derivatives as inhibitors of 11 - beta - hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
NZ626745B2
NZ626745B2 NZ626745A NZ62674512A NZ626745B2 NZ 626745 B2 NZ626745 B2 NZ 626745B2 NZ 626745 A NZ626745 A NZ 626745A NZ 62674512 A NZ62674512 A NZ 62674512A NZ 626745 B2 NZ626745 B2 NZ 626745B2
Authority
NZ
New Zealand
Prior art keywords
compound
group
synthesis
lntermediate
nmr
Prior art date
Application number
NZ626745A
Other versions
NZ626745A (en
Inventor
Sulthan Allavuddeen
Mohammed Ansari
Nagarajan Arumugam
Naresh M P S Babu
Sivanageswara Rao Doppalapudi
George Fernand
Jenson George
S Gnanavel
Bommegowda Yadaganahalli Kenchegowda
Ramamoorthy Kottamalai
Original Assignee
Connexios Life Sciences Pvt Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Connexios Life Sciences Pvt Ltd filed Critical Connexios Life Sciences Pvt Ltd
Priority claimed from PCT/IN2012/000841 external-priority patent/WO2013128465A1/en
Publication of NZ626745A publication Critical patent/NZ626745A/en
Publication of NZ626745B2 publication Critical patent/NZ626745B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709—Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/472—Non-condensed isoquinolines, e.g. papaverine
    • A61K31/4725—Non-condensed isoquinolines, e.g. papaverine containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • A61P5/50—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones for increasing or potentiating the activity of insulin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/10—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D209/18—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/44—Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing alicyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Abstract

Disclosed herein are amide derivatives of formula I that have the ability to inhibit 11-?-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 (11?-HSD-1) and which are therefore intended for use in the treatment of certain disorders that can be prevented or treated by inhibition of this enzyme. In addition the invention relates to the compounds, methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and the uses of these compounds in the treatment of certain disorders. It is expected that the compounds of the invention will find application in the treatment of conditions such as non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), insulin resistance, obesity, impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia, hypertension and as well as other diseases and conditions. Specific examples of the compounds of formula I include 1-[3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-4-methylpentanoyl]octahydroquinolin-4(1H)-one and 3-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)-1-(octahydro-4H-1,4-benzoxazin-4-yl)propan-1-one. ntion relates to the compounds, methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and the uses of these compounds in the treatment of certain disorders. It is expected that the compounds of the invention will find application in the treatment of conditions such as non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), insulin resistance, obesity, impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia, hypertension and as well as other diseases and conditions. Specific examples of the compounds of formula I include 1-[3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-4-methylpentanoyl]octahydroquinolin-4(1H)-one and 3-(1,3-benzothiazol-2-yl)-1-(octahydro-4H-1,4-benzoxazin-4-yl)propan-1-one.

Description

CYCLIC AMIDE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF 11 - BETA - YSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE AND USES THEREOF FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention s to bicyclic heterocyclic amide derivatives that have the ability to inhibit 1"I-b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 ( ΐ -HSD-I) and which are therefore useful in the treatment of certain disorders that can be prevented or treated by inhibition of this enzyme. In addition the invention relates to the nds, s for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing the nds and the uses of these compounds in the treatment of certain disorder. It is expected that the compounds of the invention will find application in the treatment of conditions such as non-insulin dependent type 2 diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), n resistance, obesity, ed fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, lipid disorders such as dyslipidemia, hypertension and as well as other diseases and conditions.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION orticoid's are stress es with regulatory effects on carbohydrate, protein and lipid metabolism. Cortisol (or hydrocortisone in rodent) is the most important human orticoid. 1-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase or 11 beta-HSD1 ( b-HSD-I) is a member of the short chain dehydrogenase super-family of enzymes which converts functionally inert cortisone to active Cortisol locally, in a pre-receptor . Given that the enzyme is abundantly expressed in metabolically important tissues, such as adipose, muscle, and liver, that become resistant to insulin action in Type 2 Diabetes, inhibition of I ΐ -HSD-I offers the potential to restore the glucose lowering action of insulin in these tissues without impacting the central HPA. Another important 11-beta hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase, namely Type 2 11-beta-HSD ( 1 ^-HSD-2), which ts Cortisol into cortisone, is a unidirectional ogenase mainly located in kidney and protects mineralocorticoid receptors from illicit activation by glucocorticoids.
Multiple lines of evidence indicate that I ΐ -HSD-I -mediated intracellular Cortisol production may have a pathogenic role in Obesity, Type 2 Diabetes and its co-morbidities.
In humans, treatment with non-specific inhibitor carbenoxolone improves insulin sensitivity in lean healthy volunteers and people with type2 diabetes (Walker B R et al (1995)). Likewise, I -HSD-I activity was sed in liver and increased in the adipose tissue of obese individuals. Similarly b-HSD-I mRNA was found to be increased in both al and subcutaneous adipose tissue of obese patients (Desbriere R et al (2006)) and was vely related to BMI and central obesity in Pima Indians, Caucasians and Chinese youth (Lindsay RS et al , Lee ZS et a (1999)). Adipose tissue I ΐ b-HSD-I and HexosePhosphate Dehydrogenase gene expressions have also been shown to increase in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus (Uckaya G et al (2008)). In human skeletal muscle 11b- HSD-1 expression was found to be positively associated with insulin resistance (Whorwood CB et al (2002)). Increased I ΐ -HSD-I sion was also seen in diabetic myotubes (Abdallah BM et al ).
Various studies have been conducted in rodent models to substantiate the role of 1 b- HSD-1 in diabetes and obesity. For example, over-expression of I ΐ -HSD-I specifically in adipose tissue causes development of metabolic syndrome (glucose intolerance, obesity, idemia and hypertension) in mice (Masuzaki H et al (2001)). Conversely, when 1 b- HSD-1 gene was d out, the resulting mice showed resistance to diet induced obesity and improvement of the accompanying dysregulation of glucose and lipid metabolism (Kotelevtsev Y et al (1997), Morton NM et al , Morton NM et al (2004)). In addition, treatment of diabetic mouse models with specific inhibitors of 11b-HSD-l caused a decrease in glucose output from the liver and overall se in insulin sensitivity (Alberts P et al (2003)).
The results of the preclinical and early clinical studies suggest that the treatment with a selective and potent inhibitor of I ΐ b-HSD-I will be an efficacious therapy for type 2 diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome.
The role of I ΐ -HSD-I as an important regulator of liver glucocorticoid level and thus of hepatic glucose production is well substantiated. Hepatic insulin sensitivity was improved in healthy human volunteers d with the non-specific I ΐ b-HSD-I inhibitor carbenoxolone (Walker BR (1995)). Many in vitro and in vivo (animal model) studies showed that the mRNA levels and activities of two key enzymes (PEPCK and G6PC) in gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis were reduced by reducing I ΐ b-HSD-I ty. Data from these models also confirm that inhibition of 11b-HSD-I will not cause ycemia, as predicted since the basal levels of PEPCK and G6Pase are regulated independently of glucocorticoids (Kotelevtsev Y (1997)).
In the pancreas Cortisol is shown to inhibit glucose induced insulin secretion as well as increase stress induced beta cell apoptosis. Inhibition of I ΐ b-HSD-I by carbenoxolone in isolated murine pancreatic beta-cells es glucose-stimulated insulin secretion (Davani B et al ). Recently, it was shown that I ΐ b-HSD-I within alpha cells regulates glucagon ion and in on may act in a ine manner to limit insulin secretion from beta cells (Swali A et al (2008)). Levels of 11b-HSD-I in islets from ob/ob mice were shown to be positively regulated by glucocorticoids and were lowered by a selective I ΐ b-HSD-I inhibitor and a glucocorticoid receptor antagonist. Increased levels of I -HSD-I were associated with impaired GSIS (Ortsater H et al (2005)). In Zuker ic rats, troglitazone treatment improved metabolic abnormalities with a 40% decline in expression of 1b-HSD-l in the islets (Duplomb L et al (2004)). Cortisol tion may lead to an increase in the insulin gene transcription and a normalization of first phase insulin secretion (Shinozuka Y et al (2001 )).
In human skeletal muscle ΐb-HSD-I expression is positively associated insulin resistance and increased expression of I ΐ b-HSD-I was also reported in type 2 diabetic myotubes (Abdallah BM et al (2005)). ly the contribution of Cortisol in muscle ogy is being considered for modulating its action. Very recently it has been demonstrated that targeted reduction or pharmacological tion of I ΐ b-HSD-I in primary human skeletal muscle prevents the effect of cortisone on glucose metabolism and palmitate oxidation (Salehzadeh F et al (2009)). Over ty of Cortisol in muscle leads to muscle atrophy, fibre type switch and poor utilization of glucose due to insulin resistance. Cortisol might have a direct role in reducing muscle glucose . y is an important factor in Metabolic syndrome as well as in the majority (>80%) of type 2 diabetics, and omental (visceral) fat s to be of central importance. 1 1b- HSD-1 activity is increased in the both al and subcutaneous adipose tissue of obese individual (Lindsay R S et al (2003)). Cortisol activity in adipose is known to se the adipogenic m. Inhibition of I ΐ b-HSD-I activity in pre-adipocytes has been shown to decrease the rate of differentiation into adipocytes (Bader T et al (2002)). This is predicted to result in diminished expansion (possibly reduction) of the omental fat depot, i.e., reduced central obesity (Bujalska IJ et al (1997) and (2006)). Intra-adipose Cortisol levels have been associated with adipose hypertrophy, independent of obesity ilidou Z et al (2006)).
Cortisol in coordination with rgic ling is also known to increase lipolysis which leads to increase in plasma free fatty acid concentrations which, in turn, is the primary cause of many deleterious effects of y (Tomlinson JW et al (2007)).
Adrenalectomy attenuates the effect of fasting to increase both food intake and hypothalamic neuropeptide Y expression. This supports the role of glucocorticoids in promoting food intake and suggests that inhibition of I ΐ b-HSD-I in the brain might increase satiety and therefore reduce food intake (Woods SC ). Inhibition of I ΐ -HSD-I by a small molecule inhibitor also decreased food intake and weight gain in diet induced obese mice (Wang SJY et al (2006)).
The effects discussed above therefore suggest that an effective I ΐ b-HSD-I inhibitor would have activity as an anti-obesity agent.
Cortisol in excess can also trigger triglyceride formation and VLDL secretion in liver, which can contribute to hyperlipidemia and associated dyslipidemia. It has been shown that 1 P-HSD/- transgenic mice have markedly lower plasma triglyceride levels and increased HDL cholesterol levels indicating a potential atheroprotective phenotype (Morton NM et al (2001)). In a diet-induced obese mouse model, a non-selective inhibitor of I ΐ b-HSD-I d plasma free fatty acid as well as triacylglycerol (Wang SJ et al (2006)). Overexpression of I ΐ b-HSD-I in liver increased liver triglyceride and serum free fatty acids with the up regulation of hepatic lipogenic genes (Paterson JM et al (2004). It has been illustrated that inhibition of 11b-HSD-l improves triglyceridemia by reducing hepatic VLDL-TG secretion, with a shift in the pattern of TG-derived fatty acid uptake toward oxidative tissues, in which lipid accumulation is ted by increased lipid oxidation (Berthiaume M et al (2007)).
Atherosclerotic mouse model (APOE -/-) which are susceptible to atheroma when fed high fat diet, are protected against development of sclerosis when treated with 11b- HSD-1 tors (Hermanowski-Vostaka A et al, (2005)). tion of 1ip-HSD-1 in mature adipocytes is expected to attenuate secretion of the plasminogen activator inhibitor 1 (PAI-l)--an independent cardiovascular risk factor ux CM et al (1999)). Furthermore, there is a clear correlation between glucocorticoid ty and cardiovascular risk factor suggesting that a reduction of the glucocorticoid effects would be beneficial (Walker BR et al , Fraser R et al ( 1999)).
The association between ension and insulin resistance might be explained by sed activity of Cortisol. Recent data show that the intensity of dermal vasoconstriction after topical application of glucocorticoids is increased in ts with ial hypertension (Walker BR et al ). Glucocorticoid was shown to increase the expression of angiotensin receptor in vascular cell and thus potentiating the renin-angiotensin pathway (Ullian ME et al (1996)), (Sato A et al (1994)). Role of Cortisol in NO signalling and hence vasoconstriction has been proved recently (Liu Y et al (2009)). These findings render 1 b- HSD-1 a potential target for lling hypertension and improving blood-flow in target tissues.
In the past decade, concern on glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis has increased with the widespread use of exogenous glucocorticoids (GC). GC-induced osteoporosis is the most common and serious side-effect for patients receiving GC. Loss of bone mineral density (BMD) is greatest in the first few months of GC use. Mature orming cells (osteoblasts) are considered to be the principal site of action of GC in the skeleton. The whole differentiation of mesenchymal stem cell toward the osteoblast lineage has been proven to be ive to GC as well as collagen synthesis (Kim CH et al (1999)). The effects of GC on this process are different ing to the stage of differentiation of bone cell precursors. The presence of intact GC signalling is crucial for normal bone development and physiology, as opposed to the detrimental effect of high dose exposure (Pierotti S et al (2008), Cooper MS et al (2000)). Other data suggest a role of ΐ -HSD-I in providing sufficiently high levels of active glucocorticoid in osteoclasts, and thus in augmenting bone resorption (Cooper M S et al (2000)). The negative effect on bone nodule ion could be blocked by the nonspecific inhibitor carbenoxolone suggesting an important role of 1ip-HSD-1 in the glucocorticoid effect (Bellows C G et al ).
Stress and glucocorticoids influence cognitive function (de Quervain DJ et al (1998)).
The enzyme I ΐ -HSD-I controls the level of glucocorticoid action in the brain also known to contributes to neurotoxicity (Rajan V et al (1996)). It has been also ted that inhibiting I ΐ b-HSD-I in the brain may result in reduced anxiety (Tranche F et al (1999)). Thus, taken together, the hypothesis is that inhibition of I I b-HSD-lin the human brain would prevent reactivation of one into Cortisol and protect against deleterious glucocorticoid-mediated effects on neuronal survival and other aspects of neuronal function, including cognitive impairment, depression, and sed appetite.
Recent data t that the levels of the glucocorticoid target receptors and the 11b- HSD-1 enzymes determine the susceptibility to glaucoma (Stokes, J. et al. (2000)). ion of carbenoxolone, a non-specific inhibitor of 11b-HSD-I , was shown to reduce the intraocular pressure by 20% in normal subjects. There are evidences that I ΐ b-HSD-I isozyme may te steroid-regulated sodium transport across the NPE, thereby influencing intra ocular pressure (IOP). 1ip-HSD-1 is suggested to have a role in aqueous production, rather than drainage, but it is presently unknown if this is by interfering with activation of the glucocorticoid or the locorticoid or, or both (Rauz S et al (2001 ; 2003)).
The multitude of orticoid action is exemplified in patients with prolonged increase in plasma glucocorticoids, so called "Cushing's syndrome". These patients have prolonged increase in plasma orticoids and exhibit impaired glucose tolerance, type 2 diabetes, central obesity, and osteoporosis. These ts also have impaired wound healing and e skin. Administration of glucocorticoid receptor agonist (RU38486) in Cushing's syndrome patients reverses the features of metabolic syndrome (Neiman LK et al (1985)).
Glucocorticoids have been shown to increase risk of infection and delay healing of open wounds. Patients treated with glucocorticoids have 2fold increased risk of complications when undergoing surgery. Glucocorticoids nce wound healing by interfering with production or action of cytokines and growth factors like IGF, TGF-beta, EGF, KGF and PDGF (Beer HD et al (2000)). TGF-beta reverses the glucocorticoid-induced wound-healing deficit in rats by PDGF regulation in macrophages e GF et al (1989)). It has also been shown that glucocorticoids decrease collagen synthesis in rat and mouse skin in vivo and in rat and human fibroblasts (Oishi Y et al, 2002).
Glucocorticoids have also been implicated in conditions as e aspolycystic Ovaries Syndrome, infertility, memory dysfunction, sleep disorders, myopathy (Endocrinology. 2011 Jan; :93-102. Epub 2010 Nov 24.PMID: 2 1106871) and ar phy. As such the y to target enzymes that have an impact on glucocorticoid levels is expected to provide e for the treatment of these conditions: Based on patent literature and company press releases, there are many compound tested for 1b-HSD-l inhibition in the different stages of drug discovery pipeline.
Incyte Corporation's INCB13739 has proceeded furthest to phase lib stage of clinical trial. The results of phase a trial for type 2 diabetes (28-days, placebo-controlled, two-step hyperinsulinemic clamp studies) showed that it was safe and well tolerated without any serious side effects and hypoglycemia.
Though this molecule icantly improved hepatic insulin sensitivity there was no appreciable improvement in plasma glucose levels. The molecule appeared to be having positive s on risk factors for cardiovascular disease including ion of LDL, total cholesterol and triglycerides as well as more modest increases in HDL. INCB13739 is currently being studied in a dose ranging phase I I b trials in T2D patients whose glucose levels are not controlled by metformin monotherapy.
In the pre-clinical stage, Incyte's lead inhibitor 1NCB13739 was tested in rhesus monkey and was shown to t e 11P-HSD-1 13739, a selective inhibitor of 1 b-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Type 1 ( HSD1) improves insulin sensitivity and lowers plasma cholesterol over 28 days in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.
The evidence therefore strongly suggests that compounds that are inhibitors of b- Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase would be useful in the treatment of a number of clinical conditions associated with the expression of this . In on it would be desirable if the inhibitors were selective inhibitors so as not to interfere with the functioning of closely related enzymes such as 1 1b-H -2 which is known to provide a protective effect in the body.
OBJECTS OF INVENTION The principal object of the invention is to provide compounds that are inhibitors of 11b- ysteroid Dehydrogenase. These compounds would be expected to be useful in the treatment of 1b-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase related conditions as discussed above.
A further object is to e a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound that is an inhibitor of 1b-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase and a pharmaceutically able excipient, diluent or carrier.
A further object is to provide a method of prevention or treatment of a condition associated with 1b-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase activity in a mammal.
STATEMENT OF INVENTION The present invention provides compounds of Formula (I): Formula (I) wherein: each R1 and R1a is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, OH, N0 2, CN, SH, NH , CF3, OCF3, optionally substituted -C alkyl, optionally substituted C -C 2haloalkyl optionally substituted C2-C 2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-C heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C -C cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C cycloalkenyl, optionally tuted C2-Ci ocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C 8aryl, optionally substituted C -C 8heteroaryl, optionally substituted C -C alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2- C 2alkenyloxy, ally substituted C2-C alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2- Cioheteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- C cycloalkenyloxy, ally substituted C2-C heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci2 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C 8aryloxy, optionally substituted C C heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C -C alkylamino, SR2, S0 3H, S0 2NR R3, S0 2R2, 8 2 SONR R3, SOR2, COR2, COOH, COOR2, CONR R3, NR COR3, NR2COOR3, NR S0 R3, R 2R3, NR R3, and acyl, or any two R on adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form a cyclic , or any two R1 on the same carbon when taken together may form a group of the formula =0 or =NR5, and the two R1a may be joined to form a double bond; Ar is an optionally substituted Cr C 8heteroaryl group; A is selected from the group consisting of S, SO, S0 2, O, and -CRaR - ; B is a group of the formula -(CR Rd)n-; wherein each Ra, Rb, R and R is independently ed from the group consisting of H, halogen, OH, N0 2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCF3, optionally substituted C -C alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C heteroalkyl, optionally substituted CrC haloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- C lkyl, optionally substituted C6-C 8aryl, ally substituted C C 8heteroaryl; SR2, S0 3H, S0 2NR2R3, S0 2R2, SONR R3, SOR2, COR2, COOH, COOR2, CONR R3, NR COR3, NR COOR3, NR2S0 R3, NR CONR R3, NR R3, and acyl, or any two Ra, Rb, R and Rd on the same carbon atom when taken together may form a cycloalkyl group or a substituent of the formula: n each R2 and R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted d-C^alkyl, optionally substituted CrCioheteroalkyl optionally substituted CrC haloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci2cycloalkyl, ally substituted C6- C 8aryl, and optionally tuted C -C 8heteroaryl; R4 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and NR5; R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, OR6, optionally substituted C -C 2alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-C kyl optionally substituted C2-C alkenyl, ally substituted C2-Ci2alkynyl, optionally substituted Ci-C alkyloxy, optionally substituted C - C 2haloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C 0heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3- C 2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6- C aryl, and optionally tuted d-C-ieheteroaryl, R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C -C alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C 0heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci 2cycloalkyl, ally substituted C6-C aryl, and optionally substituted d-C^heteroaryl, or any two or more Ra, R , R and Rd may join together to form a multiple bond between adjacent carbon atoms such as a double or triple bond, or a cyclic moiety connecting the carbon atoms to which they are attached; W and W2 are selected such that one is N and the other is (CR 2) , the bond from the yl carbon is joined to whichever of W or W2 is N; D is O or (CR 2) ; n is an integer selected from the group ting of 0 , 1, 2 , 3, and 4 ; a is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0 , 1,and 2 ; b is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 , 4 , 5, 6 , 7, and 8 , c is an integer selected from 0, 1, and 2 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
As with any group of structurally d compounds which possess a particular utility, certain embodiments of variables of the compounds of the Formula (I), are particularly useful in their end use application.
In some embodiments A is S. In some embodiments A is SO. In some embodiments A is S0 2. In some embodiments A is O. In some embodiments A is CRaRb.
In some ments Ra and R are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, ) , (CH2)3CH3, CI, Br, F, I , OH, N0 , NH2, CN, S0 3H, OCH3, 0CH 2CH2CH3, CF3, and OCF3. In some embodiments Ra is H. In some embodiments R is H. In some embodiments Ra and R are different such that the carbon is a chiral carbon. In some embodiments one of Ra and R is H and the other is an optionally substituted alkyl.
B is a group of the a -(CR Rd)n-. In some embodiments n is 0. In some embodiments n is 1. In some ments n is 2.
In some embodiments R and Rd are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, CH CH3, CH CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, (CH )3CH3, CI, Br, F, I , OH, N0 2, NH2, CN, S0 3H, OCH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CF3, and OCF3. In some embodiments both R and Rd are H such that B is CH2.
In some embodiments any two or more Ra, R , Rc and Rd may join together to form a multiple bond between adjacent carbon atoms such as a double or triple bond, or a cyclic moiety connecting the carbon atoms to which they are attached.
In some embodiments two of Ra, R , R and R on nt carbon atoms are joined to form a double bond. In some embodiments four of Ra, Rb, R° and Rd on adjacent carbon atoms are joined to form a triple bond.
In some embodiments one of Ra and R and one or R and Rd when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety. Examples of cyclic moieties that may be formed e cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyciohexyl.
In some embodiments n = 2 and one of Ra and R and one or R and R on the carbon atom two carbons removed (on the beta carbon) when taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are ed and the alpha carbon atom form a cyclic moiety. Examples of cyclic moieties that may be formed include cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
In some embodiments A is CR R and B is CH , this provides compounds of formula Formula (II) wherein R R a, Ra, R , Ar, W1, W2, D, a, b and c are as defined above.
In some embodiments D is O. In some embodiments D is .
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH2 and D is O, this provides compounds of formula : wherein R R1a, Ra, Rb, Ar, W , W2, a , b and c are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaRb, B is CH2 and D is (CR 2), this provides compounds of formula ( b): Formula ( b) wherein R R a, Ra, R , Ar, W W2, a , b and c are as d above.
In some embodiments c is 0 and the ring containing W and W2 is a 5 membered ring.
In some embodiments c is 1 and the ring containing W and W2 is a 6 membered ring. In some embodiments c is 2 and the ring containing W1 and W2 is a 7 membered ring.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH , D is O and c is 1, this provides compounds of formula (IVa): a (IVa) wherein R R1a, Ra, R , Ar, W , W2, a, and b are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH2, D is (CR 2) and c is 1, this provides compounds of formula (IVb): Formula (IVb) wherein R R a, R , R , Ar, W , W2, a and b are as defined above.
In some embodiments W is N and W2 is (CR12). In some embodiments W1 is (CR 12), and W2 is N.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH D is O, c is 1, W 1 is N and W2 is (CR 2, 2).
This provides compounds of formula (Va): Formula (Va) wherein R1, R , Ra, R , Ar, a , and b are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaRb, B is CH D is (CR 2) , c is 1, W is N and W2 is (CR 2) , this provides nds of formula (Vb).
Formula (Vb) wherein R R a, Ra, Rb, Ar, a and b are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH , D is O, c is 1, W1 is (CR12), and W is N this provides compounds of a (Vc): In some embodiments A is CRaRb, B is CH2, D is (CR 2) , c is 1, W is N and W2 is (CR12), this provides compounds of formula (Vd). wherein R R1a, Ra, R , Ar, a and b are as defined above.
The group Ar may be any optionally tuted s heteroaryl moiety. Suitable heteroaryl groups include thiophene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, idazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3-b]thiophene, furan, olizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrazole, indole, isoindole, 1H-indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, azine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, furazane, phenoxazine, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolinyl, l, and thienyl. In each instance where there is the possibility of multiple sites of substitution on the heteroaryl ring all possible attachment points are contemplated. Merely by way of example if the heteroaryl is a pyridyl moiety it may be a 2-pyridyly, a 3- pyridyl or a 4 pyridyl.
In some embodiments Ar is a group of the a VI: (VI) wherein each V1, V2, V3, V4, V5 and V6 is independently selected from the group consisting of N and CR ; U is selected from the group consisting of NR8, O, S and CR 2, wherein each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, n, OH, N0 2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCF3, ally substituted C -C 2alkyl, optionally substituted -C lkyl, optionally substituted C2-C 2alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C l, optionally substituted C2- C 2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C 2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- C cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C - 12 2 C ocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C 8aryl, optionally substituted Ci- C heteroaryl, optionally substituted C -C 2alkyloxy, optionally substituted C -C alkenyloxy, 18 2 optionally substituted C2-C 2alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-Ci 2cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C 2cycloalkenyloxy, optionally tuted C2-Ci 2heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyloxy, ally substituted C6-C aryloxy, optionally substituted Ci-d heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted - a kylamino, SR9, S0 3H, S0 NR R10, S0 R9, SONR R10, SOR9, COR , COOH, COOR9, CONR R10, NR COR10, NR COOR1 , NR S0 R 0, NR CONR R10, NR R10, and acyl; wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C - C 2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C 2 2alkynyl, optionally substituted C2-Ci2heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C 2heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C6-C aryl, ally substituted - C 8heteroaryl, S0 3H, S0 NR R °, S0 2R9, SONR R10, SOR9, COR9, COOH, COOR9, and CONR R10; wherein each R9 and R 0 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C -C 2alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C 0heteroalkyl, ally substituted C -C 2haloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C 2cycloalkyl, ally substituted C6- C 8aryl, and optionally substituted -C heteroaryl.
In some embodiments Ar is selected from the group consisting of: wherein R is as defined above; e is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0 , 1, 2, 3 and 4; f is an integer selected the group consisting of 0, 1, 2 , and 3.
In some embodiments A is CRaRb, B is C 2, D is (CR 2), c is 1, W is N, W2 is (CR12) and Ar is a group of a Via, this provides compounds of formula (Vila): Formula (Vila) wherein R , R a, Ra, R , R7, R8, a, b and e are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaRb, B is CH2, D is (CR 2) , c is 1, W1 is N, W2 is (CR12) and Ar is a group of formula VIb, this provides nds of formula (Vllb): wherein R R a, Ra, R , R7, R8, a , b and f are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH D is (CR is 1, W is N, W2 is (CR12) 2, 2) , c and Ar is a group of formula Vic, this provides compounds of formula (Vile): wherein R R a, Ra, R , R , R8, a , b and e are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaRb, B is CH , D is (CR 2) , c is , is N, W2 is (CR 2) and Ar is a group of formula VId, this provides compounds of formula (Vlld): n R , R , Ra, R , R , a , b and e are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH2, D is (CR 2) , c is 1, W is N, W2 is (CR 2) and Ar is a group of formula Vie, this provides compounds of formula (Vile): Formula (Vile) wherein R1, R1a, Ra, R , R , a, b and e are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH2, D is (CR 2) , c is 1, W is N, W2 is (CR 2) and Ar is a group of formula Vlf, this provides compounds of a (Vllf): Formula (Vllf) wherein R R1a, Ra, R , R7, R8, a, b and e are as defined above.
In some embodiments A is CRaR , B is CH2, D is (CR ) , c is 1, W is IM, W2 is (CR ) and Ar is a group of formula VIg, this provides compounds of formula (Vllg): Formula (Vllg) wherein R , R1a, Ra, Rb, R7, a , b and e are as defined above.
As can be seen many of the compounds of the present invention contain a quinoline or isoquinoline moiety as shown below. In order to assist the reader in ining substitutio below.
Isoquinoline In some embodiments of the compounds described above R is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, CONHC(CH3)3, OH, C0 2H, C0 2CH3, C0 2CH2CH3, phenyl, CH2OH, CH2C0 2H, CN and OCH3. In some embodiments R is C0 2H.
In some embodiments a is 0. In some embodiments a is 1. In some embodiments a is 2 . In some embodiments a is 3 .
In some embodiments b is 0. In some embodiments b is . In some embodiments b is 2. In some embodiments b is 3. In some embodiments b is 4. In some embodiments b is . In some embodiments b is 6 . In some ments b is 7 . In some embodiments b is 8 .
In the compounds of the invention where there is a non H value for R , the substituent may be present on any available carbon atom. In some embodiments the substituent is located at the 4 position of the isoquinoline or quinoline ring. In some embodiments the tuent is d at the 5 position of the the isoquinoline or quinoline ring.
In some embodiments of the compounds described above R a is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, CH3) OH, C0 2H, C0 2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, phenyl, CH2OH, CN and OCH3.
In some ments of the compounds of the invention containing an R2 group, the R2 group is selected from H and d-C^alkyl. In some embodiments R2 is H. in some embodiments R2 is methyl.
In some embodiments of the compounds of the invention containing an R3 group, the R3 group is selected from H and d-C^alkyl. In some embodiments R3 is H. in some embodiments R3 is methyl.
In some ments of the compounds of the invention containing an R4 group, the R4 group is selected from O and S. In some embodiments R4 is O. in some embodiments R4 is S.
In some embodiments of the nds of the invention ning an R5 group, the R5 group is selected from H and C -C 2alkyl. In some embodiments R5 is H. in some embodiments R5 is methyl. .
In some embodiments e is 1. In some embodiments e is 2. In some embodiments e is 3. In some ments e is 4. In circumstances where e is 1 the R group may be located at either the 4 , 5, 6, or 7 position on the six membered ring. In some embodiments where e is 1 the R7 substituent is located at the 4 position on the ring. In some embodiments where e is 1 the R7 substituent is located at the 5 position on the ring. In some embodiments where e is 1 the R7 substituent is located at the 6 position on the ring. In some embodiments where e is 1 the R7 substituent is located at the 7 position on the ring.
In some embodiments f is . In some embodiments f is 2 . In some embodiments f i is 3. In some ments where f is 1 the R7 substituent is d at the 4 position on the ring. In some embodiments where f is 1 the R7 substituent is located at the 5 position on the ring. In some embodiments where f is 1 the R7 substituent is located at the 6 position on the ring. In some embodiments where f is 1 the R7 substituent is d at the 7 position on the ring.
R7 may be selected from a wide range of le substituents as discussed above.
In some embodiments each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, OH, N0 2, CN, optionally substituted -Ci2alkyl, optionally substituted C3- C cycloalkyl CrC haloalkyl, optionally substituted, optionally substituted C6-C 12 2 8aryl, optionally tuted CrC heteroaryl, optionally substituted C2-Ci 2heterocycloalkyloxy, C alkoxyl, and C -C 2haloalkoxyl. ary R7 substituents include CH3, CH CH3, CH CH CH3, CH(CH3)2, (CH )3CH3, cyclopropyl, isopropoxy, I, Br, F, CI, OH, N0 2, NH2, CN, S0 3H, OCH3, OCH2CH CH3, CF3, OCF3, thiophenyl, 5-fluoro-thiophenyl, furanyl, 5- methyl-furanyl, pyridineyl, 3-fluoropyridineyl, yl-isoxazolyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 1-methyl pyrollyl, 5-fluoro-furanyl, 5-cyano-furanyl, and -carboxy-furanyl.
R8 may be selected from a wide range of possible substituents as discussed above.
In some embodiments each R8 is ndently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, OH, N0 2, CN, C -C 2haloalkyl, C C 2alkoxyl, and -C haloalkoxyl.
Exemplary R8 substituents e CH3, CH2CH3, CH CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, (CH2)3CH3, 1, Br, F, I, OH, N0 , NH2, CN, S0 3H, OCH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CF3, and OCF3.
Many if not all of the variables discussed above may be optionally substituted. If the variable is optionally substituted then in some embodiments each optional substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, =0, =S, -CN, -N0 2, -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloaikenyl, haloalkynyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl alkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkenyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, cycloalkylheteroalkyl, heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkyloxycycloalkyl, alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl, alkyloxyaryl, alkyloxyheteroaryl, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, loxy, alkynyloxy, cycioalkyioxy, cycloaikenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, amino, mino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, yl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, aminosulfinylaminoalkyl, -C(=0)OH, -C(=0)R , -C(=0)OR e, C(=0)NR R , )R , C(=NR )NR R9, NReR , NR C(=0)R', NR C(=0)OR', NR R'R 9, NR C(=NRf)NR R , NR S0 R', -SR , S0 NR R , -OR . OC(=0)NR R , OC(=0)R and acyl, wherein R , R , R9 and Rh are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C -C alkyl, C -C C2-Ci 2alkenyl, C2-C alkynyl, C -C o heteroalkyl, C3- 2 2haloalkyl, C 2cycloalkyl, C3-Ci 2cycloalkenyl, Ci-Ci heterocycloalkyl, Ci-Ci 2 heterocycloalkenyl, C - C 8aryl, CrC^heteroaryl, and acyl, or any two or more of Ra, R , R° and Rd, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring system with 3 to 12 ring atoms.
In some embodiments each optional substituent is independently ed from the group consisting of: F, CI, Br, =0, =S, -CN, -N0 2, alkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkyl, haloalkyl, alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, aminoalkyl, acylamino, phenoxy, alkoxyalkyl, benzyloxy, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, -C(0)OR a, COOH, SH, and acyl.
In some embodiments each optional substituent is independently ed from the group ting of: F, Br, CI, =0, =S, -CN methyl, trifluoro-methyl, ethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, isopropyl, propyl, 2-ethyl-propyl, 3,3-dimethyl-propyl, butyl, yl, 3,3-dimethyl-butyl, 2- ethyl-butyl, pentyl, 2-methyl-pentyl, pentenyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, phenyl, NH2, -N0 2, phenoxy, hydroxy, methoxy, trifluoro-methoxy, ethoxy, and methylenedioxy.
Alternatively, two optional substituents on the same moiety when taken er may be joined to form a fused cyclic substituent attached to the moiety that is optionally tuted. Accordingly the term optionally substituted includes a fused ring such as a cycloalkyl ring, a heterocycloalkyl ring, a aryl ring or a heteroaryl ring.
In on to compounds of formula I, the embodiments disclosed are also directed to pharmaceutically acceptable salts, ceutically acceptable N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, and pharmaceutically active metabolites of such compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such metabolites.
The invention also relates to pharmaceutical itions including a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, t or excipient.
In a r aspect the present invention es a method of prevention or treatment of a condition in a mammal, the method comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In one embodiment the condition is a condition that can be treated by tion of 1 b-HSDI .
In yet an even further aspect the invention provides the use of a nd of the invention in the preparation of a ment for the treatment of a ion in a mammal. In one embodiment the condition is a condition that can be treated by inhibition of b-HSDI .
In yet an even further aspect the invention provides the use of a compound of the invention in the ent of a condition in a mammal. In one embodiment the condition is a condition that can be treated by inhibition of b-HSDI .
In some embodiments the ion is selected from the group consisting of is selected from the group consisting of diabetes, hyperglycemia, low glucose nce, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, dyslipidemia, obesity, abdominal obesity, glaucoma, hypertension, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, retinopathy and other ocular disorders, nephropathy, neuropathy, myopathy, osteoporosis, rthritis, ia, depression, neurodegenerative disease, psychiatric disorders, Polycystic ovaries syndrome, infertility, Cushing's Disease, Cushing's syndrome, viral diseases, and inflammatory diseases.
In some embodiments the condition is diabetes. In some embodiments the condition is type II es.
In some embodiments the compound is administered in combination with an adjuvant.
In some embodiments the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DP-IV) inhibitors; (b) insulin sensitizing agents; (c) insulin and insulin mimetics; (d) sulfonylureas and other insulin secretagogues; (e) alpha.-glucosidase inhibitors; (f) GLP-1 , GLP-1 analogs, and GLP-1 receptor agonists; and combinations thereof.
In one other embodiment the compound is administered as a substitute for monotherapy or combination therapy, in an event of failure of ent by agent selected from the group consisting of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DP-IV) inhibitors; (b) insulin sensitizing agents; (c) insulin and insulin cs; (d) sulfonylureas and other insulin agogues; (e) alpha.-glucosidase inhibitors; (f) GLP-1, GLP-1 analogs, and GLP-1 receptor agonists; and combinations thereof.
In one embodiment the insulin sensitizing agent is selected from the group consisting of (i) PPAR-gamma-agonists, (ii) lpha-agonists, (iii) PPAR-alpha/gamma-dual agonists, (iv) biguanides, and combinations thereof.
These and other teachings of the invention are set forth herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION In this specification a number of terms are used which are well known to a d addressee. Nevertheless for the es of clarity a number of terms will be defined.
As used herein, the term "unsubstituted" means that there is no substituent or that the only substituents are hydrogen.
The term "optionally substituted" as used throughout the specification denotes that the group may or may not be further substituted or fused (so as to form a condensed polycydic system), with one or more non-hydrogen substituent groups. In n embodiments the substituent groups are one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, =0, =S, -CN, -N0 , -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, cycloalkylheteroalkyl, heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, y, hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkyloxycycloalkyl, alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl, alkyloxyaryl, alkyloxyheteroaryl, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, loxy, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, lkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, ulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, aminosulfinylaminoalkyl, OH, R , -C(=0)OR , C(=0)NR R', C(=NOH)R , C(=NR )NR'R9, NR Rf, NR C(=0)R , NR C(=0)OR f, NR C(=0)NR R9, NR C(=NR')NR Rh, NR S0 2Rf, -SR , S0 2NR R , -OR OC(=0)NR eRf, OC(=0)R and acyl, wherein Re, R , R9 and Rh are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, Ci-Ci alkyl, Ci-Ci 2haloalkyl, C2-Ci 2alkenyl, C2-Ci 2alkynyl, Ci-Cioheteroalkyl, C3- C 2cycloalkyl, C3-C 2cycloalkenyl, C -C 2heterocycloalkyl, C -C 2heterocycloalkenyl, C6- C aryl, d-Ciaheteroaryl, and acyl, or any two or more of Ra, R , R and Rd, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring system with 3 to 12 ring atoms.
In some embodiments each al substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: halogen, =0, =S, -CN, -N0 2, -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, l, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkyloxyaryl, alkyloxyheteroaryl, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, lkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, aminoalkyl, -COOH, -SH, and acyl.
Examples of ularly suitable optional substituents include F, CI, Br, I , C 3 CH2CH3 OH, OCH3, CF3, OCF3, N0 2, NH2, and CN.
In the definitions of a number of substituents below it is stated that "the group may be a terminal group or a ng . This is intended to signify that the use of the term is intended to encompass the situation where the group is a linker between two other portions of the molecule as well as where it is a terminal moiety. Using the term alkyl as an example, some publications would use the term "aikylene" for a bridging group and hence in these other publications there is a distinction n the terms "alkyl" (terminal group) and "aikylene" (bridging group). In the present application no such distinction is made and most groups may be either a bridging group or a terminal group.
"Acyl" means an R-C(=0)- group in which the R group may be an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. Examples of acyl include acetyl and benzoyl. The group may be a al group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
"Acylamino" means an R-C(=0)-NH- group in which the R group may be an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a ng group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule h the nitrogen atom.
"Alkenyl" as a group or part of a group denotes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2- 0 carbon atoms, most preferably 2- 6 carbon atoms, in the normal chain. The group may n a plurality of double bonds in the normal chain and the orientation about each is independently E or Z . The alkenyl group is preferably a -alkenyl group. Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not d to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyi and nonenyi. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. yloxy" refers to an l-O- group in which alkenyl is as defined herein.
Preferred alkenyloxy groups are d-Cealkenyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Alkyl" as a group or part of a group refers to a ht or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, ably a C - C alkyl, more preferably a C -C alkyl, most preferably 12 10 Ci-C6 unless otherwise noted. Examples of suitable straight and ed CrCealkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, hexyl, and the like. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Alkylamino" includes both mono-alkylamino and dialkylamino, unless specified.
"Mono-alkylamino" means an Alkyl-NH- group, in which alkyl is as defined herein.
"Dialkylamino" means a (alkyl)2N- group, in which each alkyl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for alkyl. The alkyl group is preferably a C -C6alkyl group.
The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom. aminocarbonyl" refers to a group of the formula (Alkyl) (H) NC(=0)- in which alkyl is as defined herein, x is 1 or 2 , and the sum of X+Y =2. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule h the carbonyl carbon.
"Alkyloxy" refers to an alkyl-O- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. ably the alkyloxy is a C -C6alkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy and ethoxy.
The group may be a terminal group or a ng group.
"Alkyloxyalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-alkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and alkyl moieties are as defined . The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Alkyloxyaryl" refers to an alkyloxy-aryl- group in which the alkyloxy and aryl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the aryl group.
"Alkyloxycarbonyl" refers to an alkylC(=0)- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. The alkyl group is preferably a Ci-C6 alkyl group. Examples include, but are not limited to, ycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the der of the molecule through the yl carbon.
"Alkyloxycycloalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-cycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and cycloalkyl moieties are as defined . The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the lkyl group.
"Alkyloxyheteroaryl" refers to an alkyloxy-heteroaryl- group in which the alkyloxy and heteroaryl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a ng group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroaryl group.
"Alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-heterocycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and heterocycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heterocycloalkyl group. sulfinyl" means an alkyl-S-(=0)- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. The alkyl group is preferably a Ci-C6 alkyl group. Exemplary ulfinyl groups include, but not limited to, methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl. The group may be a terminal group or a ng group. If the group is a al group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Alkylsulfonyl" refers to an alkyl-S(=0) 2- group in which alkyl is as defined above. The alkyl group is preferably a C C alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Alkynyl" as a group or part of a group means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having from 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms in the normal chain. Exemplary structures include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Alkynyloxy" refers to an alkynyl-O- group in which alkynyl is as defined herein.
Preferred alkynyloxy groups are Ci-C 6alkynyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the der of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Aminoalkyl" means an NH2-alkyl- group in which the alkyl group is as defined herein.
The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the der of the le through the alkyl group. sulfonyl" means an NH2-S(=0) 2- group. The group may be a terminal group or a ng group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Aryl" as a group or part of a group denotes (i) an ally substituted clic, or fused polycyclic, aromatic carbocycle (ring structure having ring atoms that are all carbon) preferably having from 5 to 12 atoms per ring. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like; (ii) an optionally substituted partially saturated bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic moiety in which a phenyl and a C5- cycloalkyl or C5-7 cycloalkenyl group are fused together to form a cyclic structure, such as ydronaphthyl, indenyl or indanyl. The group may be a terminal group or a ng group. Typically an aryl group is a C6-C 8 aryl group.
"Arylalkenyl" means an aryl-alkenyl- group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as defined herein. Exemplary arylalkenyl groups include phenylallyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
"Arylalkyl" means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred arylalkyl groups n a Ci-salkyl moiety. Exemplary arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, 1-naphthalenemethyl and 2-naphthalenemethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Arylalkyloxy" refers to an aryl-alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as d herein. The group may be a al group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Arylamino" includes both rylamino and di-arylamino unless specified.
Mono-arylamino means a group of formula arylNH-, in which aryl is as defined herein.
Di-arylamino means a group of formula (aryl)2N- where each aryl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for aryl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
"Arylheteroalkyl" means an aryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
"Aryloxy" refers to an aryl-O- group in which the aryl is as defined herein. Preferably the y is a C6-Ci 8aryloxy, more preferably a C6-Ci 0aryloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a ng group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Arylsulfonyl" means an aryl-S(=0) 2- group in which the aryl group is as defined herein. The group may be a al group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
A "bond" is a linkage n atoms in a compound or molecule. The bond may be a single bond, a double bond, or a triple bond. alkenyl" means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one -carbon double bond and preferably having from 5-10 carbon atoms per ring. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl. The cycloalkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituent groups. A cycloalkenyl group typically is a C 3-C alkenyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated monocyclic or fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycle preferably containing from 3 to 9 carbons per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, unless otherwise ied. It includes monocyclic systems such as cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl, bicyclic systems such as decalin, and polycyclic s such as adamantane. A cycloalkyl group typically is a C3-C 2 alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Cycloalkylalkyl" means a cycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Exemplary monocycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and cycloheptylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule h the alkyl group.
"Cycloalkylalkenyl" means a cycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the l group.
"Cycloalkylheteroalkyl" means a cycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group. alkyloxy" refers to a lkyl-O- group in which cycloalkyl is as defined .
Preferably the cycloalkyloxy is a -C cycloalkyloxy. Examples include, but are not d to, cyclopropanoxy and cyclobutanoxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Cycloalkenyloxy" refers to a lkenyl-O- group in which the cycloalkenyl is as defined . Preferably the cycloalkenyloxy is a CrC 6cycloalkenyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom. ' Failure of treatment can be defined as condition in which a non-fasting blood glucose level of less than 200 mg/dl and a blood glucose level during fasting (deprived of food for at least 8 hr) of less than 126 mg/dl are ed after administration of the agent in its recommended dose.
"Haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. A kyl group typically has the formula CnH - (2n+1 Xmwherein each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I. In groups of this type n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3. is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3 . Examples of haloalkyl include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl.
"Haloalkenyl" refers to an l group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I.
"Haloalkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom ndently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I.
"Halogen" ents ne, fluorine, bromine or iodine.
"Heteroalkyl" refers to a straight- or branched-chain alkyl group preferably having from 2 to 12 s, more preferably 2 to 6 carbons in the chain, in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any ated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced by a atomic group selected from S, O, P and NR' where R' is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C -C 2alkyl, optionally substituted C3-Ci 2cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C6-C aryl, and optionally substituted C -C 8heteroaryl. Exemplary heteroalkyls include alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, alkyl sulfides, and the like. Examples of heteroalkyl also include hydroxy^ -C6alkyl, Ci-CealkyloxyCr C6alkyl, aminoCi-C 6alkyl, d-CealkylaminoCi-Cealkyl, and dKCi-CealkyOaminod-Cealkyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. oalkyloxy" refers to a heteroalkyl-O- group in which heteroalkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the heteroalkyloxy is a C -C heteroalkyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. oaryl" either alone or part of a group refers to groups containing an aromatic ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring) having one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms in the aromatic ring with the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. Examples of heteroaryl include ene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, hiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3-b]thiophene, furan, olizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, ole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, zine, tetrazole, indole, ole, 1H-indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaiine, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazoie, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, ne, azine, 2-, 3- or 4- pyridyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 8- quinolyl, 1-, 3-, 4-, or 5- isoquinolinyl 1-, 2-, or 3- indolyl, and 2-, or 3-thienyl. A heteroaryl group is typically a C -C 8 heteroaryl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heteroarylalkyl" means a heteroaryl-alkyl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl es are as defined herein. Preferred heteroarylalkyl groups n a lower alkyl moiety.
Exemplary heteroarylalkyl groups include pyridylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule h the alkyl group.
"Heteroarylalkenyl" means a heteroaryl-alkenyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a al group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
"Heteroarylheteroalkyl" means a heteroaryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
"Heteroaryloxy" refers to a heteroaryl-O- group in which the heteroaryl is as defined herein. Preferably the heteroaryloxy is a -C heteroaryloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom. ocyclic" refers to saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen as a ring atom. Examples of heterocyclic moieties include heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl. ocycloalkenyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group as defined herein but containing at least one double bond. A heterocycloalkenyl group typically is a C2-C heterocycloalkenyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heterocycloalkyl" refers to a saturated clic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, preferably from 1 to 3 heteroatoms in at least one ring. Each ring is preferably from 3 to 10 ed, more preferably 4 to 7 ed. Examples of le heterocycloalkyl substituents include pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, ydrothiofuranyl, dyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1,3-diazapane, 1,4-diazapane, 1,4-oxazepane, and 1,4-oxathiapane.
A cycloalkyl group typically is a C2-C heterocycloalkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heterocycloalkylalkyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Exemplary heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include (2-tetrahydrofuryl)methyl, (2-tetrahydrothiofuranyl) methyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Heterocycloalkylalkenyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
"Heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl" means a heterocycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
"Heterocycloalkyloxy" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-O- group in which the heterocycloalkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the heterocycloalkyloxy is a C C heterocycloalkyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Heterocycloalkenyloxy" refers to a heterocycloalkenyl-O- group in which heterocycloalkenyl is as defined herein. Preferably the Heterocycloalkenyloxy is a -C6 Heterocycloalkenyloxy. The group may be a al group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Hydroxyalkyi" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the en atoms has been replaced with an OH group. A hydroxyalkyi group typically has the formula CnH(2n+i-x)(OH) . In groups of this type n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3. x is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3 .
"Sulfinyl" means an R-S(=0)- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, lkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a al group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule h the sulfur atom.
"Sulfinylamino" means an R-S(=0)-NH- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or aryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
"Sulfonyl" means an R-S(=0) 2- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, lkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Sulfonylamino" means an R-S(=0) 2-NH- group. The group may be a terminal group or a ng group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the der of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
It is understood that included in the family of compounds of Formula (I) are isomeric forms including diastereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers, and geometrical isomers in "E" or "Z" configurational isomer or a mixture of E and Z isomers. It is also understood that some isomeric forms such as diastereomers, enantiomers, and geometrical isomers can be separated by physical and/or chemical methods and by those skilled in the art. For those compounds where there is the possibility of ric isomerism the applicant has drawn the isomer that the compound is thought to be although it will be appreciated that the other isomer may be the correct structural assignment.
Some of the compounds of the sed embodiments may exist as single stereoisomers, racemates, and/or mixtures of omers and /or diastereomers. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof, are intended to be within the scope of the subject matter described and claimed.
Additionally, a (I) is intended to cover, where applicable, solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the nds. Thus, each formula includes compounds having the indicated structure, including the hydrated as well as the non-hydrated forms.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds, and include pharmaceutically acceptable acid on salts and base addition salts. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of nds of a (I) may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid. Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, ic, heterocyclic carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propanoic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, , malic, tartaric, citric, fumaric, maleic, alkyl sulfonic, arylsulfonic. Additional information on pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in Remington's ceutical Sciences, 19th Edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA 1995. In the case of agents that are , it is understood by those skilled in the art that the inventive compounds, agents and salts may exist in different crystalline or polymorphic forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the t invention and specified formulae.
"Prodrug" means a compound that undergoes conversion to a compound of formula (I) within a biological system, usually by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis, ion or oxidation). For example an ester prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing a hydroxyl group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule. Suitable esters of compounds of formula (I) containing a hydroxyl group, are for example acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, tes, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis^-hydroxynaphthoates, gestisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulphonates, ethanesulphonates, benzenesulphonates, p-toluenesulphonates, cyclohexylsulphamates and quinates. As another example an ester prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing a carboxy group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule. (Examples of ester prodrugs are those bed by F.J. ber, Drug Metab. Res., 18:379, 1987). rly, an acyl prodrug of a compound of formula (I) containing an amino group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule (Many examples of prodrugs for these and other functional groups, including amines, are described in Prodrugs: Challenges and Rewards (Parts 1 and 2); Ed V. Stella, R. rdt, M. Hageman, R. Oliyai, H. Maag and J Tilley; Springer, 2007).
The term peutically effective " or "effective amount" is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired clinical results. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations. An effective amount is typically ient to palliate, ameliorate, stabilize, reverse, slow or delay the progression of the disease state.
Specific compounds of the invention include the following: WO 28465 WO 28465 404 0 WO 28465 414 1 WO 28465 4242 WO 28465 434 3 O N//\O O N//\Q O Q \ \ \ \ (:63 O N N o //\:‘O o //\o \ \ H N\ WO 28465 4444 WO 28465 WO 28465 \ \ N u 0 o N N- \ \ H u WO 28465 WO 28465 O OH N N/8OH \ \ fl H 0 N8 0 N//\O H N\ o N//\o o N//\O F 6 F b \ \ O N//\O O N//\O F 6 F 15 \ \ WO 28465 F H | \ N N WO 28465 " 50 OH OH N O N’N\N / N\ on N OH 0 o HO N 0 // o / N N F O 0 9’" HO 0° N N/ s 43 \ HO ._ OO s N DD ~ F OH \ o F N o s s /y VlLN / N N OH F O o OH S QN "01):"/ N O OH ~ , F N N / F o N=N OH N N N‘N OH S\/lk HO r N Vi WO 28465 525 2 V WO 28465 535 3 WO 28465 545 4 WO 28465 CI S 0 \ Cl » N I I HN 0H HN OH WO 28465 W0 28465 N OH HN 0 o \ o \ Cl 0 0 OH N " I I HN OH HN HN o N OH I N O / HN 0 HN 0 WO 28465 WO 28465 WO 28465 WO 28465 12 000841 WO 28465 6363 F OH 0\ Ogo O/>:\ The compounds have the ability to inhibit b-HSD The ability to inhibit I ΐ -HSDI may be a result of the compounds acting directly and solely on the I ΐ b-HSDI to modulate/potentiate biological activity. However, it is understood that the compounds may also act at least partially on other factors ated with 1b-HSDI activity.
The inhibition of 1b-HSDI may be carried out in any of a number of ways known in the art. For e if inhibition of 1 b-HSDI in vitro is d an appropriate amount of the compound may be added to a solution containing the ΐ -HSDI . In circumstances where it is desired to inhibit b-HSDI in a mammal, the inhibition of the b-HSDI typically involves administering the compound to a mammal containing the I ΐ b-HSDI .
Accordingly the compounds may find a multiple number of applications in which their ability to inhibit 1 b-HSDI enzyme of the type mentioned above can be utilised.
Accordingly compounds of the ion would be expected to have useful therapeutic properties especially in relation to diabetes, hyperglycemia, low e tolerance, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, dyslipidemia, obesity, abdominal obesity, glaucoma, ension, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, pathy and other ocular disorders, nephropathy, neuropathy, myopathy, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, dementia, depression, neurodegenerative disease, psychiatric disorders, stic ovaries syndrome, infertility, Cushing's Disease, Cushing's syndrome, virus diseases, and inflammatory diseases.
Administration of compounds within Formula (I) to humans can be by any of the accepted modes for l administration such as oral or rectal, or by parenteral administration such as subcutaneous, uscular, intravenous and intradermal routes.
Injection can be bolus or via constant or intermittent infusion. The active compound is typically included in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and in an amount sufficient to deliver to the patient a therapeutically effective dose. In various embodiments the activator compound may be selectively toxic or more toxic to y proliferating cells, e.g. cancerous tumours, than to normal cells.
In using the compounds of the invention they can be administered in any form or mode which makes the nd bioavailable. One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the ular characteristics of the compound selected, the condition to be treated, the stage of the condition to be treated and other relevant circumstances. We refer the reader to Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19l edition, Mack Publishing Co. (1995) for further information.
The compounds of the present invention can be administered alone or in the form of a ceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compounds of the invention, while effective themselves, are lly formulated and administered in the form of their ceutically acceptable salts as these forms are lly more , more easily crystallised and have increased solubility.
The compounds are, however, typically used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions which are formulated depending on the d mode of administration. As such in some embodiments the t invention es a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compositions are prepared in manners well known in the art.
The invention in other embodiments provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. In such a pack or kit can be found a container having a unit dosage of the agent(s). The kits can include a composition comprising an effective agent either as concentrates (including lyophilized compositions), which can be diluted further prior to use or they can be provided at the concentration of use, where the vials may include one or more s. Conveniently, in the kits, single dosages can be provided in sterile vials so that the ian can employ the vials directly, where the vials will have the desired amount and concentration of agent(s). Associated with such container(s) can be various written materials such as instructions for use, or a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
The compounds of the ion may be used or administered in combination with one or more additional ) for the treatment of the disorder/diseases ned. The components can be administered in the same formulation or in separate formulations. If administered in separate formulations the compounds of the ion may be administered tially or simultaneously with the other drug(s).
In addition to being able to be administered in ation with one or more additional drugs, the compounds of the invention may be used in a combination therapy. When this is done the compounds are typically administered in combination with each other. Thus one or more of the nds of the invention may be administered either simultaneously (as a combined preparation) or sequentially in order to achieve a desired . This is especially desirable where the therapeutic profile of each compound is different such that the combined effect of the two drugs provides an improved eutic result.
Pharmaceutical compositions of this ion for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. es of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and able organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain nts such as preservative, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of micro-organisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged tion of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be t about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminium monostearate and gelatin.
If desired, and for more effective distribution, the compounds can be incorporated into slow release or targeted delivery systems such as polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres.
The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be ved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, ymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or a starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium nds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) ents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium te, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures f. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
Solid compositions of a r type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, es, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric gs and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a n part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used e polymeric substances and waxes.
The active compounds can also be in ncapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may n inert ts commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and fiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethyl formamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. s inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, lated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminium metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active nd.
Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, patches, sprays, ointments and inhalants. The active compound is mixed under e conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The amount of compound stered will preferably treat and reduce or alleviate the condition. A therapeutically effective amount can be readily determined by an attending diagnostician by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the therapeutically effective amount a number of factors are to be considered including but not limited to, the species of animal, its size, age and general health, the specific condition involved, the severity of the condition, the response of the patient to treatment, the particular compound stered, the mode of administration, the bioavailability of the preparation administered, the dose regime selected, the use of other medications and other relevant circumstances.
A preferred dosage will be a range from about 0.01 to 300 g per kilogram of body weight per day. A more preferred dosage will be in the range from 0.1 to 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, more preferably from 0.2 to 80 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, even more preferably 0.2 to 50 mg per kilogram of body weight per day. A suitable dose can be administered in multiple sub-doses per day.
The compound of the invention may also be administered in combination with (or simultaneously or sequentially with) an adjuvant to increase compound performance.
Suitable adjuvants may include (a) dipeptidyl ase-IV (DP-IV) inhibitors; (b) insulin sensitizing agents; (iv) biguanides; (c) insulin and insulin mimetics; (d) sulfonylureas and other insulin agogues; (e) alpha-glucosidase inhibitors; and (f) GLP-1 , GLP-1 analogs, and GLP-1 receptor agonists. The adjuvants may be part of the same composition, or the adjuvants may be administered tely (either simultaneously or sequentially). The order of the administration of the composition and the nt will generally be known to the medical practitioner involved and may be varied.
SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUNDS OF THE ION The agents of the various embodiments may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis s as described below, employing the ques available in the art using starting materials that are y available. The preparation of particular nds of the embodiments is bed in detail in the following examples, but the artisan will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other agents of the various embodiments. For e, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by riately protecting interfering groups, by ng to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. A list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T.W. 's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991 . Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the various embodiments. ts useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
The symbols, abbreviations and conventions in the processes, schemes, and examples are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature. Specifically but not meant as limiting, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification. • g (grams) • L (liters) · Hz ) • mol (moles) • RT (room temperature) • min (minutes) • eOH (methanol) · CHCI3 (chloroform) • DCM (dichloromethane) • DMSO (dimethylsulfoxide) • EtOAc (ethyl acetate) • mg (milligrams) · mL liters) • psi ( pounds per square inch) • mM molar) • MHz ertz) • h ) · TLC (thin layer chromatography) • EtOH (ethanol) • CDCI 3 (deuterated chloroform) • HCI (hydrochloric acid) • DMF (N, N-dimethylformamide) · THF (tetrahydro furan) • K2CO3 (potassium carbonate) • Na2S0 4 (sodium sulfate) • RM (Reaction Mixture) Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are expressed in °C (degree centigrade).
All reactions conducted at room temperature unless otherwise mentioned.
All the solvents and reagents used are commercially available and sed from Sigma Aldrich, Fluka, Acros, Spectrochem, Alfa Aesar, Avra, Quaiigens, Merck, Rankem and Leonid Chemicals.
H NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker AV 300. Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per n (ppm, d units). Coupling nts are in units of hertz (Hz). Splitting patterns be apparent multiplicities and are designated as s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q et), m (multiplet), or br (broad).
Mass spectra were obtained on single quadruple 6 120 LCMS from Agilent technologies, using either atmospheric chemical ionization (APCI) or Electrospray tion (ESI) or in the combination of these two sources.
All samples were run on SHIMADZU system with an LC-20 AD pump, SPD-M20A diode array detector, SIL-20A auto sampler.
SYNTHETIC SCHEME 1 One scheme for making n compounds of the invention is shown in scheme 1 below.
S nthetic Scheme-1 lntermediate-3 sis of 5-[1 -(1 W-indolyl)ethyl]-2,2-dimethyl-1 ,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (lntermediate-1): A 100mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with Starting Material 1 (4.0g, 34mmol), Starting Material 2 (4.92, 34 mmol) and Starting al 3 (3g, 68mmol) in 75mL of acetonitrile. The resulting on was stirred at room temperature overnight. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting crude compound was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (230-400 mesh) using Petroleum ether (60-80) and ethyl acetate as eluent. The product (intermediate 1) was ed as a brown liquid (2.51 g). LC-MS (M-H)+ = 286.
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(1 H-indolyl)butanoate (lntermediate-2): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with intermediate- 1 (2.5g, 8.7 mmol) in 50mL of pyridine and 8 ml of ethanol. To this mixture copper powder (0.4g, 5 mol%) was added. Then the resulting on mass was refluxed at 110^ for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), solvent was removed from the reaction mass and the reaction mass was diluted with 100mL of ethyl acetate, washed with 50mL 1.5N HCI (2X25mL) and brine solution. Then the c layer was dried over anhydrous MgS0 4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting crude nd was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (230-400 mesh) using Petroleum ether (60-80) and ethyl acetate as eluent. The product (intermediate 2) was obtained as a brown liquid. (0.380g). LC-MS (M+H)+ = =232.
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(1 H-indolyl)butanoic acid (lntermediate-3): A 50 L RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 6mL of methanol and 2 mL of water. To the stirred solvent inetermediate-2 g, 0.62mmol) and KOH (0.098g, 2.54mmol) was added. Then the resulting reaction mass was refluxed at 70 ° for 3 hours.
After tion of the reaction ion monitored by TLC), solvent was removed from the reaction mass and the reaction mass was diluted with 20mL of water. The resulting aqueous layer was then washed with 20 mL of diethylether. The aqueous layer was acidified by 1 HCI to pH 5.5 and t was extracted with ethyl acetate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The product (intermediate 3) was obtained as a brown liquid (0.1 15g). The product obtained above was directly taken for next step without any purification.
E 1: Compound (1): 3-(1«-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butan one: Intermediate 3 ng material 4 Synthesis of Compound (1): A 100mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with intermediate-3 (0.1 15g, 0.56mmol),Starting Material 4 g, 0.56mmol), EDCI g, 0.84mmol), HOBt (0.1 04g, 0.69mmol) in 8mL of dichloromethane and it was cooled to 0°C. Then to the stirred solution triethylamine (0.301 mL, 2.0mmol) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. After completion of the on (reaction monitored by TLC), the reaction mass was diluted with 20mL of water and organic layer was separated. The t was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting crude compound was purified by 60-120 silical-gel chromatography by using er ethylacetate as eluent. The final product obtained was pale yellow gummy solid (0.110 g). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.89(s,1H), 7.59-7.61 (m,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1 H), 7.00-7.1 3(m,2H), 6.94-6.95(d,1H), 4.41-4.60(m,1 H), 3.49-3.61 (m,2H), 2.46-2.91 (m,3H), 0.98-1 .71 (m,16H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 92.84%.
EXAMPLE 2: Compound (2): 2-methyl(1-methyl-1M-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin- Synthetic -2 Starting Material 5 Intermediate 4 Intermediate 6 Intermediate 5 Synthesis of methyl 1W-indolylacetate (lntermediate-4): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was d with 15 mL of Methanol. To the stirred solvent Starting Material-5 (2.0 g, 11.41mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was cooled to zero degrees to which concentrated H2S0 4 (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was then stirred at ambient atures for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the solvent from the reaction mass was removed under reduced pressure. The ing crude mass was taken in Ethyl acetate (100 mL) and was washed with water (50 mL), Sodium bicarbonate solution (100 mL X 2) saturated brine solution (50 mL) and the c layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate. Then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The product was obtained as brown syrup. (2.1 g). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 190.2. sis of methyl 2-methyI(1 -methyl-1 H-indolyl)propanoate mediate-5): A 100 mL 3 neck RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 10ml_ of dry THF. To the stirred solvent, diisopropyl amine (401 .12 mg, 3.964mmol) was added and the resulting solution was cooled to -78 degrees. Further n-BuLi (2.5 mL, 3.964mmol) was added to it and stirred for 1 hour at 0 °C. Once again the resulting solution was cooled to -78 degrees to which lntermediate-4 ( 150 mg, 0.7928 mmol) was added and stirred for 1 hour. Then Methyl Iodide was added and the resulti ng mass was stirred at ambient temperature for 15 hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the reaction mass was quenched with saturated ammonium de and was extracted using EtOAc ( 00 ml_X3). The combined organic layer washed with brine was dried and the solvent was d under reduced pressure. The resulting crude compound was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (120 meshes) using Petroleum ether (60-80) and ethyl acetate as eluent. The product was obtained as brown syrup. ( 150mg). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 232.2.
Synthesis of 2-methyl(1 -methyl-1 W-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-6): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with THF 5 mL. To the d solvent lntermediate-5 ( 150 mg, 0.6485 mmol) was added which was followed by the on of NaOH (77.82 mg; 1.945 mmol), and water-methanol mixture ( 1 mL, 1:1 ) . The resulting mass was heated at 70 °C for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent from the reaction mass was removed under reduced pressure. The crude mass was treated with water and washed with ether (50 mL X 3). The resulting aqueous solution was acidified to pH = 1 to 2 by using 1N HCI and ted with DCM (50 mL X 3). The combined DCM layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous a2S0 4 and the t was removed under d pressure to give lntermediate-6 as brown solid (85mg). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 2 18.2.
Synthesis of Compound (2): Compound (2) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified using silica gel column where Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate was used as an eluent to obtain Compound (2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.43-7.48(m,1 H), 7.1 8-7.21 (d,1 H), 7.09-7.1 4(t, 1H), 6.92-6.97(t,1 H), 6.75-6.80(d,1 H), 4.50-4.75(m,1 H), .98(m,4H), 2.28-2.45(m,1 H), 1.47-1 8H), 1.37- 1.40(m,6H), 0.94-1 .09(m,5H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 339.2; HPLC purity: 98.09%.
EXAMPLE 3: 3-(5-methyl-1 W-in nolin-1(2 )-yl)propanone (3) Starting Material 6 Intermediate 7 Intermediate 8 Intermediate 9 Synthesis of ethyl (2E)(5-methyl-1H-indolyl)propenoate (lntermediate-7): Triethylphosphenoacetate (9.4 mmol) was taken in THF (20 mL) to which NaH (60%) was added portion wise at -5°C. The reaction mass thus obtained was maintained at same temperature for 45 min. To this the Starting Material-6 (750 mg, 4.7 mmol) was added and the resulting reaction mass was stirred at RT for 24 hours. Then reaction mass was diluted with ethyl acetate and the c layer was separated and the separated organic layer was washed with ted NaHC0 3, dried over ous Na2S0 and concentrated. The crude product thus obtained was purified by 60-1 20 silica gel by using hexanes: EtOAc as eluent to give Intermediate 7 (490 mg). LC- S (M+H)+ = 230.
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(5-methyl-1 W-indolyl)propanoate (lntermediate-8): lntermediate-7 ( 1 .31 g, 5.6 mmol) was taken in MeOH (25 mL) to which 10%Pd/C ( 50 mg) was added. The ing reaction mass was stirred under H atmosphere (25 psi) for 10 hours. Further the reaction mass thus obtained was filtered through celite bed and concentrated to give lntermediate-8 (820 mg). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 232.
Synthesis of 3-(5-methyl-1 H-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-9): Intermediate -8 (600mg, 2.5mmol) was taken in MeOH (8 mL) to which KOH (500 mg, 9.0 mmol) and 1mL of water was added. Resulting reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 hours.
The reaction e was concentrated and then diluted with water. The ing mixture was acidified (pH = 1 to 2) with 1N HCI, extracted with EtOAc and then concentrated to give lntermediate-9 (430 mg). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 204.
Synthesis of (3): nd (3) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (3). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.90(s,1 H), 7.31- 7.34(d,1H), 7.1 5-7.1 8(m,1 H), .95(m,2H), 4.30-4.40(m,1 H), 3.30-3.60(m,1 H), 2.45- ,5H), 2.38-2.39(d,3H), 1.18-1.77(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 95.93%.
EXAMPLE 4: 3-(5-fluoro-1 -ind olin-1(2 )-yl)propanone ((4) S nthetic Scheme-5 Intermediate 0 Starting material 4 (4) Synthesis of 3-(5-fluoro-1W-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-10): lntermediate-10 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of Compound (4): Compound (4) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) e 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (4). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.55(s,1 H), 7.17-7.18(d,2H), 6.96(s,1 H), 6.80-6.85(t,1H), 4.43-4 .57(m,1 H), 3.41-3.58(m,1H), 2.44-3.03(m,5H), 0.99-1 .94(m, 13 H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 329.1 ; HPLC purity: 96.44%.
EXAMPLE 5: 2-(1 W-indolylsul nolin-1(2 )-yl)ethanone (5) Synthetic Scheme-6 Starting Material 1 Intermediate Intermediate 12 ediate 3 sis of 1W-indolethiol (lntermediate-11): A stirred solution of Starting Material-1 (2.93 g, 25.0 mmol) and thiourea (1.9 g, 25.0 mmol) in methanol (50 ml) was treated with a mixture of iodine (6.35g, 25.0 mmol) and Kl (4.17 g, 25.0 mmol) in water (25 ml), stirred for 1 hour, filtered through a cotton plug, concentrated in vacuo to remove methanol and 1/3 of water, and filtered concentrated solution again. The tan solid filter cake is heated with 2M NaOH (50 ml) at 85°C for 30 min, cooled and filtered. The filtrate is acidified with cone. HCI to pH= 1 and ed. This filter cake is dried under a nitrogen stream to obtain the lntermediate-1 1 as cream-colored solid (900 mg).
Synthesis of methyl ( H-indolylsulfanyl)acetate (lntermediate-1 2): Anhydrous potassium carbonate (2.1 g, 15.9 mmol) was added to a solution of lntermediate-11 (0.8 g, 5.3 mmol) and ethyl 2-chlortoacetate (0.96 ml, 5.3 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 ml_). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux under argon for 18 hours. The cooled e was filtered and concentrated under vacuo. Water was added to the on mass and extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined organic extracts were dried over (MgS0 4) and concentrated to a crude gummy material, which was ed by column chromatography using hexane : ethyl acetate (1:9) to give lntermediate-1 2 (300 mg).
Synthesis of ( 1W-indolylsulfanyl)acetic acid (lntermediate-1 3): A mixture of (1H- lntermediate-1 (0.30g, 1.27 mmol), 10% s sodium hydroxide solution (5 ml) and methanol (8 mL) were stirred at room temperature over-night. Reaction was monitored by TLC and LC-MS. Then reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Aqueous layer was washed twice with DCM to remove organic impurities and was then acidified with concentrated HCI. A white solid thus formed was isolated by extraction and the solvent was removed under high vacuum. The crude reaction mass was purified by column chromatography using cetate:hexane ( : ) as eluent to give lntermediate-1 3 (1 70 mg).
Synthesis of nds (5): nd (5) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (5). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.78- 8.96(d,1 H), 7.73-7.76(m,1H), 7.37(s,2H), 7.00-7.06(m,2H), 4.23-4.64(m,1H), 3.41- 3.85(m,3H), 2.26-3.41 (m,3H), 1.25-1.72(m,11H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 329.1; HPLC purity: 98.84%.
EXAMPLE 6: hloro-1W-in olin-1(2 )-yl)propanone (6) ediate 14 starting materia | 4 (6) Synthesis of 3-(5-chloro-1 W-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-14): lntermediate-14 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of Compound (6): Compound (6) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound(1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (6). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.05(s,1 H), 7.48-7.51 (m,1 H), 7.17-7.21 , 7.03-7.08(m,1 H), 6.99(s,1 H), 4.43- 4.61 (m,1H), 3.45-3. 59(m, 1H), 2.96-3.04(m,2H), 2.45-2.93(m,3H), 1.21-1.66(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 345.2; HPLC purity: 89.78%.
E 7: 3-(5-methoxy-1W-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2AV)-yl)propanone Synthesis of 3-(5-methoxy-1 H-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-15): lntermediate-15 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 e 4).
Synthesis of Compound (7): nd (7) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (7). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.19(s,1H), 7.22-7.25(m,1 H), 7.04-7.05(d,1H), 6.98(s,1 H), 6.82-6.86(m,1 H), 4.48-4.75(m,1H), 3.82(s,3H), 3.48-3.72(m,1 H), 3.04-3.1 3(m,2H), 2.74-2.95(m,1 H), 2.56-2.72(m,3H), 1.55- 1.79(m,6H), 1.20-1.49(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 341.2; HPLC purity: 98.01%.
EXAMPLE 8: (2 )( -indol-3 in-1(2 )-yl)propenone (8) Synthetic Scheme-10 Intermediate 16 ediate 17 Synthesis of ethyl -(1W-indolyl)propenoate (lntermediate-16): lntermediate-16 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-7 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of (2£)(1 H-indolyl)propenoic acid (lntermediate-17): lntermediate-17 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of Compound (8): nd (8) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (8). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.50(s,1 H), .88(m,3H), 7.34-7.38(m,2H), 6.78-6.89(m,2H), 4.55-4.76(m,1H), 3.89- 4.18(m,1H), .48(m,1 H), 2.06-2.71 (m,1 H), 1.29-1.8 1(m,12H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 309.1; HPLC purity: 98.83%.
EXAMPLE 9: 2-(1 -indolyl) l)ethanone (9) Intermediate 7 ng al 4 Synthesis of Compound (9): Compound (9) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (9). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.20 (s,1 H), 7.61 -7.63(d,1 H), 7.34-7.36(d,1 H), 7.05-7.21 (m,3H), 4.57-4.73(m,1 H), 3.69- 3.88(m,3H), 3.1 0-3.50(m, 1H), 2.60-3.00(m,1 H), 1.01 - ,1 2H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 297.3; HPLC : 98.39%.
EXAMPLE 10: 2-(5-fluoro-1 -ind inolin-1(2W)-yl)ethanone (10) (10) Synthesis of Compound ( 0): Compound ( 10) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using Petrqleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound ( 10). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.45(s,1 H), 7.20-7.30(m,2H), 7.00-7.1 5(d,1 H), 6.95(m,1 H), 4.53-4.73(m,1 H), 3.64- 3.91 (m,2H), 2.60-3.03(m,1 H), 1.29-1 .84(m,1 4H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 3 15 .1; HPLC purity: 89.32%.
EXAMPLE 11 : 4-(1 H-indolyl) )-yl)butan Synthetic Scheme-12 Starting material 8 Starting material 4 Synthesis of Compound (11): Compound ( 1 1) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) e 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain nd (11). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.04(s,1 H), 7.59-7.62(d,1 H), 7.34-7.36(d,1 H), 7.07-7.20(m,2H), 7.00(s,1H), 4.48-4.75(m,1H), 3.48-3.62(m,1 H), 2.88-3.15(m,1H), 2.80-2.85(m,2H), .52(m,2H), 2.02-2.1 1(m,2H), 1.51- 1.80(m,7H), 1.23-1.38(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 91.10%.
EXAMPLE 12: 3-(1 W-indolyl)(4-methyloctahydroquinolin-1(2W)-yl)propanone (HS_A_287) (12) (12) Synthesis of 4-methyldecahydroquinoline mediate-18): To a solution of ng Material-9 ( 1 g, 6.9 mmol) in 15 mL of acetic acid, Pt0 2 (0.793 g, 3.5 mmol) was added under N2 atmosphere. N2 gas was purged for 5 min and then was degassed (two times). This reaction mixture as then kept under hydrogen atmosphere at 60 psi for 12 hours. The mixture was filtered and basified with 10% NaOH solution, extracted with EtOAc and concentrated to give lntermediate-18 (700mg).
Synthesis of Compound (12): Compound (12) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (12). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d ,1 H), 7.61-7.63(d,1 H), 7.34-7.37(d,1H), 7.09-7.21 (m,2H), 7.04(s,1 H), 4.00(m.1H), 3.1 1- 3.16(t,2H), 2.97(m,1H), 2.61 -2.81 (m,2H), 1.28-1 .84(m,13H), 1.1 1-1.13(d,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 99.15%.
EXAMPLE 13: 3-(1-methyl-1H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propanone (13) (13) Synthesis of (13): 18-crown-6 ether (30mg) and potassium tertiary butyl oxide ( 08 mg, 0.9mmol) was taken in benzene at 4 C . To this mixture (96) (250mg, 0.8mmol) was added.
The reaction mass was then d at room temperature for 15 minutes and was further cooled to 0 ° . To this, Methyl iodide (17 1 mg, 1.2mmol) dissolved in benzene was added.
This reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The mixture was ed through celite and trated. Resulted crude material was purified by using silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give ( 13) ( 56mg). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d .52(m, 1H), 6.97-7.1 8(m,3H), 6.78(s,1 H), 4.42-4.60(m,1 H), 3.60(s,3H), 3.37-3.54(m,1 H), 2.99-3.05(m,2H), 2.49-2.74(m,3H), 0.99-1 .52(m,1 3H). LC-MS (M+H)* = 325.2; HPLC purity: 98.37%.
EXAMPLE 14: 3-(1 lyl)-1 -(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)propan-1 -one (14) (14) Intermediate 19 Starting material 4 ( 14) Synthesis of 3-(1 lyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-19): lntermediate-19 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 e 4).
Synthesis of nd ( ): Compound (14) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (14). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) d 9.28(s,1 H), 7.41 -7.43 (d,1 H), 7.21-7.24(d,1 H), .03(m,2H), 6.11 (s,1H), 4.50-4.63(m,1H), 3.43-3.63(m,1 H), 2.50-3.02(m,5H), 1.16-1.67(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 3 1.2; HPLC purity: EXAMPLE 15: 3-(5-hydroxy-1H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propanone Synthetic Scheme-16 Intermediate 2 0 Intermediate 2 1 ' 5 ' Synthesis of 3-(5-methoxy-1H-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate -20): lntermediate-20 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of 3-(5-methoxy -1H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin -1(2W)-yl)propanone (lntermediate-21): lntermediate-21 was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain lntermediate-21 .
Synthesis of Compound (15): A 100mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 5 mL of DCM. lntermediate-21 (80 mg, 0.23 mmol) was then added to the stirred solvent. The resulting solution was cooled to -78 °C to which 1 solution of BBr3 (188.6 mg, 0.74mmol) in DCM was added. The reaction mass was further stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), reaction mass was diluted with 0ml_ of water and extracted with DCM (2X1 OmL). The DCM layer was dried over of ous Na2S0 . Solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with s: EtOAc to give Compound (15) (55 mg). 1H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 7.79(s,1H), 7.1 1-7.1 5(m,1H), 6.93-6.97(m,2H), 6.68-6.73(m,1 H), 5.21 (s,1 H), 4.44-4.62(m,1H), 3.45-3. 59(m, 1H), 2.94-3.03(m,2H), 2.66- 2.91 (m,1H), .63(m,2H), 1.63-1 .76(m,6H), 1.25-1.35(m,7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 327.2; HPLC purity: 87.98%.
EXAMPLE 16: 3-(5-fluoromethyl-1 H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- yl)propan-1 -one (16) (16) Intermediate 22 ( 16 ) sis of 3-(5-fluoromethyl-1H-indolyl)propanoic acid (Intermed iate-22): lntermediate-22 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of Compound (16): Compound (16) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the c layer under reduced re and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (16). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.81 (s,1H), 7.1 0-7.1 8(m,2H), 6.81-6.88(m,1 H), 4.49-4.68(m,1 H), 3.47-3.53(m,1 H), 2.94- 3.11 (m,2H), 2.48-3.1 1(m,3H), 2.37(s,3H), 1.30-1 .78(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 343.2; HPLC purity: 90.88%.
EXAMPLE 17: 3-(2-methyl dolyl)(octahydroquinolin -1(2H)-yl)propan one (17) Synthesis of 3-(2-methyl -1W-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-23): lntermediate-23 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of nd (17): Compound (17) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain nd (17). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.89(s,1H), 7.40-7.44(m,1 H), 7.1 7-7.1 9(t,1 H), 6.98-7.05(m,2H), 4.43-4.62(m,1 H),3.38- 3.47(m,1H), 2.94-3.04(m,2H), 2.68-2.86(m,1H), 2.51-2.66(m,2H), 2.29(s,3H), 1.52- 1.70(m,6H), 1.21-1.34(m,7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 94.48%. (18) Synthesis of 3-(1W-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-25): A 100ml RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 10 ml of DMF. To the stirred t Starting Material- 1 (1 .0g, 8.53 mmol) followed by Sodium hydride (400 mg, 10.24 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. To the above solution methyl bromo-propionate (2.13 g, 12.79 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), reaction mass was diluted with 30mL of ice cold water and washed with ether. Aqueous portion was acidified with 1N HCI (pH =2) and was then extracted with EtOAc and trated to give lntermediate-24 (900mg). sis of Compound (18): Compound ( 8) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound ( ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (18). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.38- 7.43(t,1 H), 7.16-7.28(m,1H), 7.01 -7.1 0(m,1H), 6.84-6.90(m,2H), .52(m,1 H), 4.40- ,1H), 4.30-4.35(t,2H), 3.14-3.35(m,3H), 2.42-2.78(m,2H), 1.57-1.6 1(t,4H), 1.28- 1.49(m,3H), 1.06-1 .16(m,5H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 3 11.1 ; HPLC purity: 98.08%.
EXAMPLE 19: 1-(5-chloro-1 W-indolyl)(octahydroquino!in-1 (2AV)-yl)propane-1,3- dione (19) Starting Material 1 1 Intermediate 25 ediate 26 ) Synthesis of ethyl 3-(5-chloro-1 W-indolyl)oxopropanoate (lntermediate-25): To a 50mL two neck RB 10mL of dichloromethane was added. To this solvent, ethylmalonylchloride (1 .0mL, 8.24mmol) was added and the reaction mixture thus obtained was cooled to °C. To the cooled reaction mixture, TiCI (0.9ml, ol) was slowly added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20min. The reaction mixture was once again cooled to ° and to the cooled e Starting Material-1 1 (0.5g, 3.29mmol) dissolved in 2mL of dichloroethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.
The reaction mass was quenched with 1 HCI on and extracted with ethyl acetate.
Organic layers were concentrated, purified by silica-gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermedate-25 (566 mg).
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(5-chloro-1 W-indolyl)oxopropanoic acid (lntermediate-26): Intermediated was synthesized by ing the ure used to make intermediate-3 ( 1) (Scheme 1).
Synthesis of Compound ( 19): Compound ( 19) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e ( 1 :4) as eluent to obtain Compound ( 1 9). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d .58(s,1 H), 8.22(s,1 H), 7.96(s, 1H), 7.1 0(m,2H), 4.00-4.58(m,1 H), 3.31 -3.84(m,3H), 2.50- , 1H), 1. 6-1 .82(m,1 3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 359.1 ; HPLC purity: 90.09%.
EXAMPLE 20: 3-(4-methyl-1«-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yI)propan (20) (20) Starting Material 12 Intermediate 27 Synthesis of 4-methyl-1 W-indole (lntermediate-27): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer and reflux condenser was charged with 60 mL of D F. To the stirred solvent ng ateri a - (5 g, 33 mmol) was added followed by addition of Dimethyl formamide dimethyl acetal (13.1 mL, 99.2 mmol). To this reaction mixture Pyrrolidine (3.2 mL, 39.6 mmol) was added and it was heated at 120°C under en atmosphere for 2 1 hours. After completion of the reaction the mixture was cooled to room temperature and solvent was d under reduced re. The resulting crude mass was taken in ether (250 mL) and was washed with water (50 mLx3) and saturated brine solution (50 mL) and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated. Resulted crude material was taken in Ethyl acetate (50 mL). To this 10%Pd/C (1.0 g, 10% w/w) was added and hydrogenated in a parr shaker for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the mixture was filtered through celite bed. Filtrate was concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (120 meshe) using Petroleum ether (60- 80) and ethyl acetate as eluent to give lntermediate-27 ( 1 .2 g).
Synthesis of 3-(4-methyl-1W-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-28): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 2.5 mL of acetic acid. To the stirred solvent acetic ide 2.0 mL was added followed by addition of acrylic acid (1.8 mL, 27.4 mmol).
To this stirred mixture, lntermediate-27 (1.2 g, 9.15mmol) was added and the reaction e was further stirred at room ature for 1 week. After completion of the on (reaction was monitored by TLC), reaction mass was basified using 5N NaOH (5 mL) and washed with Ethyl acetate (100 ml_X2). The s layer was acidified with Concentrated HCI (3ML) and was extracted using Ethyl acetate (100 ml_X3). The combined ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine solution and concentrated to give lntermediate-28 (350 mg).
Synthesis of Compound (20): Compound (20) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude t was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (20). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 8.23(s,1H), 7.08-7.1 1(t,1 H), 6.93-6.99(m,1H), 6.88-6.89(d,1 H), 6.73-6.77(t,1H), 4.46- 4.50(m,1H), 3.53-3.60(m,1 H), 3.46-3.51 (m,2H), 2.71-2.92(m,1 H), 2.45-2.87(m,6H), 1.71- 1.77(m,5H), 1.29-1.39(m,7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: .
EXAMPLE 2 1 : 3-(1« -indolyl 2(1« )-y l)propanone (21) (21) Synthesis of Compound (21): Compound (21) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (21). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.59(s,1H), 7.49-7.52(d,1 H), 7.24-7.26(d,1 H), 6.98-7.1 0(m,2H), ,1H), 4.44-4.66(m,1H), .70(m,1 H), 3.01-3.06(m,2H), 1.99-2.81 , 0.44-1 .63(m,12H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 3 11.0; HPLC : 96.03%.
EXAMPLE 22: 1-(octahydro-4W-1 ,4-benzoxazinyl)(1 W-pyrrolo[2,3 -Jt>]pyridin yl)butanone (22) (22) Synthesis of hydro-2H-1 ,4-benzoxazine (lntermediate-29): A solution of Starting Material-1 3(5 g, 33.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was slowly added to a sion of lithium aluminum hydride (3.1 8 g, 83.8 mmol) under N2 here at °C. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, ed with % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at °C, and extracted with ether, and concentrated to give lntermediate-29 as brown liquid (4.3 g).
Synthesis of octahydro-2W-1 ,4-benzoxazine (lntermediate-30): To a solution of lntermediate-29 ( 1 .5 g, 11.1 mmol) in 20 mL of acetic acid, 10% Pt0 2 (252 mg) was added, and hydrogenated at 60 psi for 5 h. The mixture was ed and basified with 10% NaOH solution, extracted with diethyl ether, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated to give lntermediate-30 as brown liquid (520 mg).
Synthesis of 3-(1 W-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl)butanoic acid (lntermediate-31 ): lntermediate-31 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermidiate-3 (Scheme 1).
Synthesis of Compound (22): Compound (22) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (22). H N R (300MHz,DMSO- d6) : d .3 1( ,1H), 8 . 5-8 . 7(m,1 H), 7.95-7.99(m,1 H), 7.25-7.29(d,1 H), .04(m,1 H), 3.99-4.1 0(m,1 H), 3.43-3.74(m,4H), 2.63-3.1 0(m,3H), 1.15-1 .99(m,1 2H). LC- S ( +H)+ = 328.2; HPLC purity: 95.42%.
EXAMPLE 23: W-ferf-butyl[3-(1 -indolyl)propanoyl] decahydroisoquinoline carboxamide (23) (23) Starting material 14 Starting ma(eria| 15 (23) Synthesis of Compound (23): Compound (23) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate (1 :4) as eluent to obtain Compound (23). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.99(s,1 H), 7.48-7.55(m,1H), 7.28-7.30(d,1H), 7.03-7.1 5(m,2H), 6.97(s,1H), .72(d,1H), 4.95(s,1H), .33(m,3H), 3.05-3.37(m,1 H), .86(m,3H), 1.15-1.56(m,20H). LC-MS (M-H)+ = 408.2; HPLC purity: 98.47%.
EXAMPLE 24: 3-(5-hydroxy-1 -methyl-1 lyl)-1 -(octahydroquinolin-1 (2W)- yI)propan-1 -one (24) Synthesis of Compound (24): Compound (24) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (24). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) d 6.95- 7.02(m,2H), 6.76-6.79(d,1 H), 6.70-6.79(d,1 H), 4.44-4.62(m,1 H), 3.56-3.57(d,3H), 3.41 - 3.50(m, 1H), 2.91 -3.06(m,2H), 2.67-2.84(m,1 H), 2.48-2.65(m,2H), 1.57-1 .7 1(m,4H), 1.46- ,2H), 1.18-1 .34(m,7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 341 .2; HPLC purity: 97.31 % .
EXAMPLE 25: 2-(1 ii-!ndolyloxy)-1 -(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)propan-1 -one (25) Intermediate 34 Starting material 4 Intermediate 35 (25) Intermediate 36 Intermediate Synthesis of 2-[(carboxymethyl)amino]benzoic acid (lntermediate-32): To a 500mL 2 neck RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer, Starting Material-16 (20g, 145 mmol) was added lot wise to a d solution of K2C0 3 (83 g, 602 mmol) in water (140 mL) followed by acetic acid (13.7g, 145 mmol) under N2 here at room temperature for about 30 minutes. Then reaction mass was heated at 90 for 16 hours. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature the reaction mass pH was adjusted to 4-5 using citric acid. The solid material was then filtered and dried under vacuum oven at 70°C for 12 hours to give lntermediate-32 (23 g) as brownish solid. sis of 1-acetyl-1H-indolyl acetate (lntermediate-33): To a 500mL 2neck RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer, acetic ide (110 mL, 1200 mmol) was added slowly at ° to a stirred solution of triethylamine (170 mL, 1242 mmol) and lntermediate-32 (23g, 117 mmol) under N2 atmosphere. Reaction mass was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours and was further heated at 8 °C for 16 hours. Then the on was cooled to OC and was extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 150 mL). Organic layer was washed with brine solution, dried over Na S0 and concentrated. Crude material was purified by silica gel column eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-33 (5.5 g) as brown solid.
Synthesis of 1-(3-hydroxy-1 H-indolyl)ethanone (lntermediate-34): To a 50mL 2 neck RB flask fitted with ic stirrer, ethanol and water was added. To the solvent, the stirred mixture of lntermediate-33 (5 g, 23 mmol), Na2S0 3 (1 1.6 g, 426 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 80 C for 12 hours. After completion of reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), reaction mass was quenched with water and extracted with Ethyl Acetate (3x100 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution (15mL), dried over anhydrous Na S0 4, and trated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-34 (1 .5 g) as pink solid.
Synthesis of 2-chloro(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propanone (lntermediate-35): To a 50mL 2 neck RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer containing on mixture of Starting Material-4 (0.7g, 5 mmol), EDCI ( 1 .17g, 6.3 mmol) and 1-hydroxy benzothioazole (0.762g, 5.6 mmol) in DCM at 0°C, triethylamine (1.3 mL, 9.9 mmol), was added ed by addition of 2- chloropropanoic acid (0.543g, 5 mmol). Resulted on mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion of reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), reaction mass was quenched with water and extracted with DCM (3x25 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution (15mL), dried over anhydrous Na S0 , and trated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-35 (0.5g) as liquid material.
Synthesis of 2-[(1-acetyl-1 H-indolyl)oxy](octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propanone (lntermediate-36): To a 50mL 2 neck RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer lntermediate-34 (0.05g, 0.28 mmol) and DMSO (3ml) were added at 0°C under nitrogen atmosphere. To this Potassium t- Butoxide (0.05g, 0.46 mmol) was added and d for 1 hour, then lntermediate-35 (0.065g, 0.28 mmol) was added. Resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x10 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine on (10mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S0 4, and concentrated to give lntermediate-36 (100 mg).
Synthesis of Compound (25): To a stirred solution of lntermediate-36 (0.1g, 0.27 mmol) in methanol and water was added K2C0 3 (0.1 5g, 1.0 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After tion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x10 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution (15mL), and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column g with hexanes: EtOAc to give nd (25) (6 mg) as a sticky solid. H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 7.55-7.58(d,2H), 7.19-7.22(d,1H), 7.08-7.01 3(t,1H), 6.98-7.02(t,1H), 6.67-6.68(d,1H), 4.75-4.85(m,1 H), 4.10-4.56(m,2H), 2.52-2.96(m,1H), 1.18-1 .60(m,16H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 327.2; HPLC purity: 99.99%.
E 26: 1-[3-(1 -indol-3 inolin-4(1H)-one (26) (26) Synthetic Scheme-25 Starting material 17 Intermediate 37 Intermediate 38 Intermediate 39 Starting material 4 Synthesis of lohexenyl)(dimethylamino)propanone (lntermediate-37): Starting Material-17 (5g, 40.3mmol), dimethyl amine hydrochloride , ol), paraformaldehyde (2.42g, 80.5mmol), 37% aqueous HCI (0.2 mL, 40.3mmol) were combined in ethanol (5ml_). The resultant e was heated to reflux in a sealed tube for 20 hours.
The reaction was then concentrated, basified with aq. NaOH and extracted with CHCI3. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S0 4, concentrated to give lnermediate-37 (4.78 g) as light orange oily material.
Synthesis of fert-butyl 4-oxooctahydroquinoline-1(2W)-carboxylate (lntermediate-38): lntermediate-37 (4.2 g, 23.2mmol), was taken in oxane (3 mL), and concentrated NH OH (5 mL) in a sealed tube. The vessel was sealed and then heated in an oil bath at 120^ for 18 hours. Then reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and trated. The residue was taken up in CHCI3, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated to give crude material (3.35 g). This crude material was treated with Boc 0 (4.8g, 29.8mmol), in presence of TEA (9 mL, 64.5mmol), in THF (10 mL) at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc and concentrated to give crude material, which is purified by silica gel column tography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-38 (1.34 g).
Synthesis of octahydroquinolin-4(1W)-one trifluoroacetic acid salt (lntermediate-39): At 0°C, oro acetic acid (0.162g, 1.42 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of lntermediate-38 (0.3g, 1.18mmol) in DCM (3 mL), under nitrogen atmosphere. Resultant mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. After completion the on mixture was concentrated to give lntermediate-39 (352 mg).
Synthesis of Compound (26): Compound (26) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (26). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.05(s,1 H), .58(t,1 H), 7.27-7.29(d, H), 7.02-7.1 9(m,2H), 6.98(s,1 H), 4.60-4.92(m,1 H), 3.69-3.83(m,1 H), 306-3.37(m,3H), 2.63-2.92(m,2H), 1.35-2.25(m,1 1H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 93.87%.
EXAMPLE 27: 3-(1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-indolyl)-1 -(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)propan one (27) (27) Synthesis of Compound (27): Under N2 atmosphere to a stirred solution of (20) (70 mg 0.21 57 mmol) in 5 mL of dry THF, sodium hydride (22 mg, 0.5394 mmol) was added, and stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. To this on mixture methyl iodide (77 mg, 0.5394 mmol) was added at ° . The mixture was d at room ature for 3 hours.
The mixture was quenched with crushed ice and extracted with ethyl acetate, and concentrated. Resulting crude material was purified by silica-gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give Compound (27) (55 mg). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.98-7.03(m,2H), 6.76-6.78(m,2H), 3.47-4.63(m,1 H), 3.62-3.63(d,3H), 3.1 5-3.20(m,2H), 2.63- 2.92(m,4H), 2.46-2.60(m,2H), 1.23-1 1 4H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 339.2; HPLC purity: 99.79%.
EXAMPLE 28: 3-(1-cyclopropylmethyl-1 W-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- panone (28) (28) Synthesis of Compound (28): Compound (28) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (28). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.96-7.04(m,2H), 6.80-6.81 (m,1 H), 6.64-6.67(m,1 H), 5.34-5.41 (m,1H), .63(m,1H), 3.49-3.63(m,1 H), 3.18-3.22(m,2H), .74(m,4H), 2.46-2.60(m,2H), .80(m,17H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 365.3; HPLC purity: 98.79%.
EXAMPLE 29: 3-[1-(cyclopropylmethyl)methyl-1 lyl](octahydroquinolin- 1(2H)-yl)propanone (29) (29) Synthesis of Compound (29): Compound (29) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (29). NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.08-7.1 0(d,1H), 6.97-7.D2(m,1H), 6.91-6.93(d,1H), 6.75(m,1H), 4.45-4.63(m,1H), 3.81- 3.83(d,2H), 3.45-3.58(m,1H), 3.16-3.21 , .77(m,6H), 1.23-1.97(m,14H), 0.51- 0.54(m,2H), 0.26-0.27(m,2H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 379.3; HPLC purity: 99.43%.
EXAMPLE 30: 1-(4-methyl-1 H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1 (2W)-yl)propane-1 ,3- dione (30) (30) Synthesis of Compound (30): Compound (30) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 19) (Scheme 20). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (30). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 9.25-9.31 (d,1 H), 8.26-8.30(m,1 H), 7.06-7.1 5(m,2H), 6.95-6.97 (d,1 H), 4.1 2-4.60(m,1 H), 3.90(s,2H), 3.59-4.1 6(m,1 H), 2.52-3.06(m,1 H), 2.75-2.76(d,3H), 1.93-2.30(m, 1H), 1.26- 1.98(m, 12H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 339.2; HPLC : 98.52%.
EXAMPLE 3 : (2£)(1 H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-y lcarbonyl)prop rile (31 ) (31 ) Intermediate 4 1 Starting Material 8 Intermediate 40 Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-[(1 Z)cyanoethoxyoxoprop-1 -en-1 -yl]-l H-indole-1 - carboxylate (lntermediate-40): A 50mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with isoproponol ( 10mL) and Starting Material-1 8 . To this ethyl cyano acetate (0.255g, l) and ium hydroxide (0.1 2g, 2.2mmol) were added at °C and was stirred for 1hour. After tion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), reaction mixture was quenched with Ice-Water 350mL and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer washed with brine solution and dried by anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated to give lntermediate-40 (600 mg).
Synthesis of (2Z)cyano(1H-indolyl)propehoic acid (lntermediate-41): A 100mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 5 ml. of Ethanol and lntermediate-40 (0.6g, 1.7mmol). To this NaOH (0.20g, 2.4mmol) in 0.5mL of water was added and the reaction mixture was d at room temperature for 3hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the on mixture was concentrated. The resulted crude was acidified with 1N HCI (pH 1-2), and extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers were washed with brine solution and dried by anhydrous sodium sulphate and trated to give lntermediate-41 (400 mg).
Synthesis of Compound (31): Compound (31) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (31). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.94(8,1H), 8.44(8,1H), 8.13(s,1H), 7.68-7.71 (d,1H), 7.37-7.40(d,1 H), 7.21-7.26(m,2H), 4.30- 4.48(m,1H), 3.90-4.08(m,1H), 2.75-3.1 8(m,1H), 1.30-1 .86(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 334.2; HPLC purity: .
EXAMPLE 32: 1-[3-(4-methyl-1 W-indolyl)propanoyl] octahydroquinolin-4(1/7)-one (32) (32) Synthesis of Compound (32): Compound (32) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (32). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.92(s,1H), .14(d,1 H), 6.95-6.99(m,2H), 6.79(s,1H), 4.62-4.94(m,1H), 4.04-4.06(d,3H), 3.57-3.87(m,1 H), 3.25-3.39(m,2H), 2.57-2.66(m,4H), .26(m,10H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 339.2; HPLC : 92.86%.
EXAMPLE 33: 3-(1-ethylmethyl-1H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propan- 1-one (33) (33) sis of Compound (33): Compound (33) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (33). 1H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 6.98-7.08(m,2H), 6.83-6.84(d,1H), 6.75-6.77(m,1 H), 4.45-4.63(m,1 H), 3.98-4.05(m,2H), 3.47-3.57(m,1 H), 3.16-3.20(t,2H), 2.50-2.92(m,6H), 1.23-1.76(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 353.3 EXAMPLE 34: 1-(4-hydroxymethyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)(1 W-indol yl)propanone (34) (34) Synthetic Scheme-28 Synthesis of ferf-butyl 4-hydroxymethyloctahydroquinoline-1 (2H)-carboxylate (Intermediate-42): In a 50 mL-2 B flask fitted with magnetic , a 3.0 M solution of methyl magnesium iodide in ether ( 1.45 mL, 4.4 mmol) was added drop wise at -20 °C to a stirred solution of lntermediate-38 (0.55g, 2.2 mmol) in 5 ml of dry THF under N2 atmosphere.
Resulting e was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After tion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was ed with ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 ml). Organic layer was washed with brine solution and dried over Na2S0 and concentrated. Crude material was purified by silica-gel column tography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give Intermediate-42 (82 mg) as gummy solid. LC- S (M+H)+ = 270.1 .
Synthesis of -methyldecahydroquinolinol trifluoroacetic acid salt (lntermediate-43): lntermediate-43 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-39 e 25).
Synthesis of Compound (34): Compound (34) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (34). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.95(s,1 H), 7.54-7.56(d,1 H), 7.27-7.29(d,1 H), 7.02-7.1 4(m,2H), 6.97(s,1 H), 4.38-4.53(m,1 H), 3.39-3.42(m,1 H), 3.06-3.08(m,2H), 2.51 -2.77(m,2H), 0.86-2.1 0(m, 16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 341 .2; HPLC purity: 80.53%.
EXAMPLE 35: 3-(4-methyl-1 tf-indolyl)-1 -(2-methyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2H)- yl)propan-1 -one (35) (35) Synthesis of Compound (35): Compound (35) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (35). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.90(s,1 H), 7.1 0-7.1 3(d,1 H), 6.92-7.01 (m,2H), ,1 H), 4.48-4.71 (m,1 H), 3.48- 3.94(m,1 H), 3.1 9-3.24(t,2H), 2.48-2.79(m,6H), 1.09-1 77(m,1 5H). LC-MS ( +H)+ = 339.3; HPLC : 98.23%.
EXAMPLE 36: 3-(1 H-indolyl)-1 -[(4E)(methoxyimino)decahydronaphthalen yl]propan-1 -one (36) (36) Synthesis of ferf-butyl (4£)(methoxyimino)octahydroquinoline-1 (2H)-carboxylate (lntermediate-44): In a 50 mL-2 neck-RB flask fitted with magnetic sitter, pyridine (0.45 ml_, 3 vol) was added to a stirred solution of lntermediate-38 ( 150 mg, 0.596 mmol) in ethanol ( 1 .5 ml, 8 vol). To this O-methoxylamine hydrochloride (250 mg, 2.96 mmol) was added. The resulting mass was refluxed at 90 C for 3 hours. After completion of reaction (monitored by TLC), the solvent was completely removed from the on mass under vacuum. Crude was portioned between water and ethyl acetate. The c layer was separated and the aqueous layer thus obtained was washed with ethyl acetate and concentrated. ed crude material was purified by silica-gel column chromatography eluted with s: EtOAc to give lntermediate-44 ( 150 mg) as pale greenish liquid material.
Synthesis of (4£)-A/-methoxyoctahydroquinolin-4(1 H)-\m\ne trifiuoroacetic acid salt (lntermediate-45): lntermediate-45 was sized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-39 (Scheme 25).
Synthesis of Compound (36): Compound (36) was sized by following the procedure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (36). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.95(s,1H), 7.52-7.54(m,1H), 7.27-7.30(m,1H), 7.02-7.1 5(m,2H), 6.97(s,1 H), 4.10- 4.67(m,1H), 3.76(d,3H), 3.18-3.59(m,1H), .17(m,2H), 2.54-2.86(m,3H), 1.35- 2.26(m, ). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 354.2; HPLC : .
EXAMPLE 37: 3-(1 W-indolyl)(3-methyloctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propanone (37) (37) Synthesis of Compound (37): Compound (37) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (37). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d .76(s,1H), 7.49-7.52(d,1 H), 7.30-7.33(d,1H), 7.02-7. 12(m,2H), .99(1,1 H), 4.00- 4.60(m,1H), 3.37-3.66(m,1H), 3.01-3.19(m,1H), 2.87-2.95(m,2H), 2.54-2.78(m,2H), 0.30- ,15H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 97.66%.
EXAMPLE 38: 3-(1 H-indolyl)(2-methyloctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)piOpanone (38) (38) Synthesis of Compound (38): Compound (38) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (38). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.05(s,1H), 7.54-7.57(m,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1 H), 7.04-7.1 8(m,2H), 6.96(s,1 H), 4.48-4.87(m,1H), 3.26-4.09(m,1 H), 3.05-3.10(m,2H), 2.50-2.81 (m,2H), 0.90-1 .80(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 98.14%.
EXAMPLE 39: 3-(6-fluoro-1 yl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propanone (39) (39) Synthesis of Compound (39): Compound (39) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate (1 :4) as eluent to obtain Compound (39). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.92(s,1 H), 7.41 -7.47 (171,1 H), 6.94-6.98(m,2H), 6.78-6.84(m,1 H), 4.30-4.60(m,1 H), 3.30- 3.60(m,1H), 3.10-3.30(m,3H), 2.49-2.68(m,2H), .66(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 329.2 EXAMPLE 40: 3-(6-fluoro-1W-indolyl)(2-methyloctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propan- 1-one (40) (40) Synthesis of nd (40): Compound (40) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (40). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.98(s,1H), 7.41-7.47(m,1 hi), 6.94-6.98(d,2H), .84(m,1 H), 4.47-4.71 (m,1H), 3.37- 3.90(m,1H), 3.02-3.07(t,2H), 2.46-2.77(m,2H), 0.91-1.82(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 343.22; HPLC purity: 97.64%.
EXAMPLE 4 1 : 3-(1 -indolyl)-1 -yl)propanone (41) (41) sis of octahydro-1W-indole mediate-46): lntermediate-46 was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make lntermediate-1 8 (Scheme 13).
Synthesis of Compound (41): Compound (41) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (41). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.02(s,1 H), 7.53-7.56(d,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1H), 7.02-7.1 4(m,2H), 6.96(s,1H), 3.29-4.03(m,3H), 3.03-3.23(m,2H), .70(m,2H), 0.88-2.07(m,11H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 297.22; HPLC purity: 99.0%.
EXAMPLE 42: 3-( -indolyl)- lyl)propanone (42): (42) Synthesis of Compound (42): Compound (42) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (42). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.98(8,1H), 7.53-7.56(d,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1H), 6.99-7.13(m,3H), 3.28(s,2H), 3.13(m,3H), 2.94(s,1 H), 2.63-2.68(t,2H), 2.24(s,3H), 2.02(s,2H), 1.31(m,5H). LC- S (M+H)+ = 297.2; HPLC purity: 97.66%.
E 43: 6-fluoro-1 hydroquinolin-4(1 )-one (43) Synthesis of Compound (43): nd (43) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e (1 :4) as eluent to obtain Compound (43). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 8.14(s,1H), 7.42-7.43(m,1H), 6.95(s,1H), 6.67-6.84(m,2H), 4.62-4.91 (m,1H), 3.71- 3.81 (m,1H), 2.78-3.42(m,4H), 2.69(m,2H), 1.28-2.47(m,10H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 343.2; HPLC purity: 96.03%.
E 44: 3-(4-fluoro-1«-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propanone (44) (44) Synthesis of Compound (44): Compound (44) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (44). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d 1 1 .07(s,1H), 7.14-7.1 7(m,2H), 6.99-7.01 (m,1 H), 6.66-6.75(m,1H), 4.29-4 .48(m,1H), 3.63- ,1H), 2.95-2.97(m,2H), 2.56-2.76(m,3H), .66-1 .75(m,5H), 1.52-1.6 1(m,2H), 1.28- 1.45(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 329.3; HPLC purity: 97.26%.
EXAMPLE 45: 3-(1H-indolyl)(2-methyloctahydro-1 lyl)propanone (45) Synthesis of Compound (45): nd (45) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (45). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.00(s,1 H), 7.54-7.56(d,1 H), 7.28-7.30(d,1H), 7.02-7.1 4(m,2H), 6.97(s,1H), 3.86-4.1 0(m,1H), 3.29-3.65(m,1 H), 3.01-3.20(m,2H), 2.57-2.72(m,2H), 2.04(s,3H), 1.72-1.86(m,2H), 1.55- 1.66(m,3H), 1.03-1.35(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 311.2; HPLC purity: 99.27%.
EXAMPLE 46: {3-[3-(octahydroquinolin-1(2W)-yl)oxopropyl]-1 W-indoiyl}acetic acid (46) (46) sis of ethyl {3-[3-(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)oxopropyl]-1W-indolyl}acetate (lntermediate-47): lntermediate-47 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-24 (Scheme 19).
Synthesis of Compound (46): Compound (46) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-3 (Scheme 1). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (46). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.46-7.50(t,1H), 7.02-7.1 8(m,3H), 6.80(s,1 H), ,2H), .58(m,1H), 3.47- 3.60(m,1H), .01 (m,2H), 2.44-2.85(m,4H), 1.25-1.65(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 369.22; HPLC purity: 93.09%.
EXAMPLE 47: 3-(4-fluoromethyl-1 H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2A/)-yl)propan- 1-one (47) (47) Synthesis of Compound (47): Compound (47) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (47). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.20- 7.23(d,1H), 7.14(s,1H), 7.05-7.1 1(m,1H), .79(,.1H), 4.29-4 .48(m,1H), 3.62-3.79(m,4H), 2.92-2.98(m,2H), 2.61-2.72(m,3H), .35-1.75(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 343.3; HPLC purity: 98.84%.
EXAMPLE 48: 1-(3,4,5,6,7,8-hexahydroquinolin-1(2«)-yl)(1«-indolyl)propanone (48) (48) Synthesis of Compound (48): Compound (48) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (48). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d ,1 H), 7.51-7.54(d,1 H), 7.26-7.29(d,1H), 7.01 -7.1 8(m,2H), 6.94(s,1H), 3.37(s,2H), 3.03- 3.08(t,2H), 2.65-2.70(t,2H), 2.30-2.39(m,1 H), ,3H), 1.79(s,2H), 1.53-1.59(m,6H). LC- MS ( +H)+ = 309.25; HPLC purity: 85.06%.
EXAMPLE 49: methyl 1-[3-(1H-indolyl)propanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylate (49) (49) sis of decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (lntermediate-48): Intermediate- was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-18 (Scheme 13).
Synthesis of methyl droquinolinecarboxylate (lntermediate-49): To a stirred solution of lntermediate-48 (800 mg g, 4.3656 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) thionyl chloride (0.48 mL, 6.5483 mmol) was added under nitrogen atmosphere at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room ature for 16 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give lntermediate-49 (775 mg).
Synthesis of Compound (49): Compound (49) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (49). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.97(s,1 H), 7.54-7.56(d,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1 H), 7.02-7.1 4(m,2H), 6.97(s,1H), 3.73-4.08(m,1H), 3.59(s,3H), 3.28-3.53(m,1H), 3.04-3.09(t,2H), 2.46-2.74(m,3H), 0.91-2.03(m,12H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 369.2; HPLC : 96.44%.
EXAMPLE 50: 1-[3-(1 W-indolyl)propanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (50) (50) Synthetic -33 Synthesis of Compound (50): Compound (50) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-3 (Scheme 1). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain nd (50). 1H N R (300MHz,DMSO- d6) : d 12.26(s,1H), 10.77(s,1H), 7.50-7.52(d,1 H), 7.30-7.33(d,1 H), 7.13(s,1 H), 6.94- 7.07(m,2H), 3.69-4.53(m,1 H), 2.89-2.94(t,2H), 2.42-2.74(m,3H), 1.27-1 .91 (m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 355.2.
EXAMPLE 5 : 1-(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-indol yl]propanone (51) (51) (51) Synthesis of Compound (51): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 60% NaH (77.26 mg, 1.932 mmol). To this 10 mL of THF was added at 0°C under nitrogen atmosphere. (96) (200 mg, 0.644 mmol) in THF was then added to the solvent and d at this temperature for 30 minutes. Phenyl sulfonyl chloride (170.61 mg, 0.966 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. After completion of reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the reaction mass was quenched with crushed ice, extracted with ether (100 mlX3). The combined ether layer was washed with water (100 mLX3), brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S0 , and concentrated. Crude material was purified by silica-gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give (170 mg) as yellow sticky solid. 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.89-7.92(d,1H), 7.77-7.81 , 7.42-7.46(m,2H), 7.13- ,5H), 4.42-4.60(m,1 H), 3.45-3.57(m,1H), 2.22-2.43 (m,. 5H), 1.54-1 .76(m,6H), 1.49(s,2H), 1.27-1 .34(m,5H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 451.2; HPLC purity: 93.06%.
EXAMPLE 52: 3-(1H-indo!yl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2W)-yl)propanone (Peak-1) (52) (52) Synthesis of nd (52) (Peak-1): Compound (96) mixture of isomers was separated by e phase column to give Compound (52) (Peak-1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d , 1H), 7.52-7.55(d, 1H), 7.26-7 .28(d, ), 7.01 -7 . 2(m, 2H), 6.92-6.93(d, 1H) m , 3.66- 3.68(m,1H), 2.73-3.09(m,5H), 1.94(s,2H), 1.21-1 .66(m,12H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 3 1 1.2; HPLC purity: 99.86% n: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, RT = 16.83 min, mobile phase: H20 : MeCN =55: 45).
EXAMPLE 53: 3-(1 H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2W)-yl)propanone (Peak-2) (53) (53) Synthesis of Compound (53) (Peak 2): Compound (96) mixture of isomers was separated by reverse phase column to give compound, Compound (53) (peak 2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.89(s,1H), 7.53-7.58(t,1H), 7.26-7.31 (t,1H), 7.02-7.14(m,2H), 6.98(s,1 H), 4.45-4.62(m,1 H), 3.47-3. 58(m, 1H), 3.01-3.09(m,2H), 2.50-2.91 (m,3H), 1.27- 1.67(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 3 11.1 ; HPLC : 99.80% (Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB- C18, RT = 17.87 min, mobile phase: H20 : MeCN =55: 45).
EXAMPLE 54: 1-(decahydro-1 Hbenzazepin-1 -yl)(1 H yl)propan-1 -one (54) (54) Synthesis of Compound (54): nd (54) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (54). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.93(s,1 H), 7.53-7.57(t, H), 7.27-7.30(d, 1H), 7.02-7.1 4(m,2H), 6.97(s,1 H), 4.1 3-4.70(m,1 H), 3.35-3.62(m,1 H), 3.05-3.1 7(m,2H), 2.53-2.81 (m,3H), 1.29-1 .8 1(m, 15H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 98.41 %.
EXAMPLE 55: 3-(1 W-indolyl)-1 -(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2W)-yl)propan-1 -one Peak-1 (55) Synthesis of Compound (55) (Peak 1) : Mixture of isomers were ted by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give Compound (55) (peak 1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3): d ,1 H), 7.53-7.55(d,1 H), 7.28-7.31 (d, 1H), 7.04-7.1 5(m,2H), 6.97(s,1 H), .54(m,1 H), 3.24-3.52(m,1 H), 3.03-3.08(m,2H), 2.58-2.76(m,3H), 0.83- 1.94(m,1 5H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 9 1.22%; Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB- C 18, RT = 17.43 min, mobile phase: H20 : MeCN: TFA (0.01 %) gradient.
EXAMPLE 56: 3-(1 H-indolyl)(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)propan Peak-2 (56) (56) Synthesis of Compound (56) (Peak 2): Mixture of isomers were separated by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give Compound (56) (Peak-2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.93(s,1 H), 7.53-7.55(d,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1 H), .14(m,2H), ,1H), 3.80-4.61 (m,1 H), 3.25-3.60(m,1 H), 2.99-3.05(m,2H), 2.59-2.78(m,4H), 0.83- 1.93(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 97.45%; Zorbax e XDB-C18, RT = 18.36 min, mobile phase: H20: MeCN: TFA (0.01%) nt.
EXAMPLE 57: indolylsulfonyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)ethanone (57) (57) Synthesis of Compound (57): To a stirred solution of (5) (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added m-CPBA (78 mg, 0.45 mmol) and stirred at rt for 16 hours. After completion of reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHC0 3 solution, extracted with DCM and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (57) (50 mg) as yellow solid. H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 9.95(s,1H), .84(d,1H), 7.49(s,1H), 7.10-7.1 5(m,3H), 3.85-4.43(m,3H), 2.56-3.28(m,1H), .86(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 361 . 1 ; HPLC : 98.60%.
EXAMPLE 58: 3-methyl(1-methyl-1 H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butan- 1-one (58) (58) Synthetic Scheme-36 Synthesis of 2-methyl(1-methyl-1W-indolyl)propanol (lntermediate-50): A 250 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with Lithium aluminum hydride (0.983 g, 25.951 mmol) and THF (20 mL) was added to it at ° . To this resulting suspension lntermediate-5 (2.0 g, 8.65mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and was quenched with Na2S0 (5g) and the resulting slurry was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, ed through celite washed with ethyl acetate.
The ing filtrate was concentrated to give lntermediate-50 (0.9 g). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d 7.65-7.68(d,1H), 7.34-7.36{d,1H), 7.07-7.1 2(t,1H), 7.03(s,1 H), 6.94- 6.99(t,1 H), 4.53-4.57(t,1H), 3.71 (s,3H), 3.54-3.56(d,2H), 1.31 .
Synthesis of 2-methyl(1-methyl-1W-indolyl)propanal (lntermediate-51): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic r was charged with 30 ml DCM and Pyridinium chloro chromate (2.466g, 11.4419mmol) was added followed by the addition of Intermediate- 50 ( 1 .55 g ,7.627 mmol) in 10 mL of DCM. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, the solvent from the reaction mass was removed under reduced pressure to yield the crude compound. Crude mass was purified by column chromatography using 60-120 silica gel and 9:1 Pet ether/ethyl acetate as eluent to give ediate-51 (0.79 g). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d 9.39(s,1H), 7.40-7.44(t,1H), 7.32(s,1H), 7.13-7.18(t,1 H), 6.98-7.03 ( ,1 H), 3.77(s,3H), .46(s,H).
Synthesis of º)methoxymethylbutenyl]methyl-1 W-indole (lntermediate-52): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 20 mL of dry THF and Methoxy methyl triphenyl phosphonium chloride (2.566 g, 7.487 mmol) was added followed by on of Pot tert butoxide (2.295 g, 20.451 mmol). The resulting mass was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and then cooled to 0°C. lntermediate-51 (1.37 g, 6.807 mmol) in 10 mL of THF was added to the above on mass and was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After tion of the reaction (by TLC) reaction mass was d with 10 mL of water and was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL X 3) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine solution and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate concentrated.
Crude product was purified by column chromatography using 60-120 silica gel and 6% of ethyl acetate in Pet ether as eluent to give lntermediate-52. Yield: 1.12 g (71.8%). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.73-7.80(m1 H), 7.33(s,1H), 7.1 6-7.21 (t,1 H), 7.03-7.08(t,1H), 6.81 (s,1 H), 5.79-6.34(m,1 H), 4.58-5.1 5(m,1 H), 3.73-3.74(d,3H), 3.49-3.53(d,3H), 1.55(s,6H).
Synthesis of 3-methyl(1-methyl-1W-indolyl)butanal (lntermediate-53): A 100 mL RB flask fitted with ic stirrer was charged with 50.4 mL of 1,4 dioxane and 12.76 mL of water. To this ediate-52 ( 1 .12 g, 4.884 mmol) followed by p-toluene sulphonic acid 4 g, 0.2232 mmol) was added. The resulting mass was heated at 60°C for 16 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with 10 mL of water and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL X 3) and the combine organic layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution followed by brine solution and was dried over anhydrous sodium e and concentrated. Crude product was purified by column chromatography using 60-120 silica gel and 8% of ethyl acetate in Pet ether as eluent to give lntermediate-53. H NMR z,DMSO-d6) : d 9.47-9.49(t,1 H), 7.73-7.76(d, 1H), 7.37- 7.40(d,1 H), 7.1 1-7.1 6(t,1 H), 7.1 0(s,1 H), 6.99-7.04(t,1 H) 3.72(s,3H), 2.78(s,2H), 1.49(s,6H).
Synthesis of 3-methyl(1 -methyl-1 lyl)butanoic acid (lntermediate-54): A 50 mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with 10 mL of THF and was cooled to -78 °C to which 2- methyl 2 butene (3 mL) was added and d for 15 minutes. Another 100 mL RB flask fitted with ic stirrer was charged with lntermediate-53 (557 mg, 2.59mmol) and tert butanol ( 15 mL) and was stirred at RT and the above prepared THF solution was added to it. Then the ing mass was cooled to 0 °C to which NaH2P0 4 ( .42 g) in water was added followed by on of NaCI0 2 (0.35g) in water. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 ° for 20 minutes and quenched with water and pH adjusted to 1-2 using 1 HCI and extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated to give lntermediate-54 (480 mg). 1H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d s,1 H), 7.69-7.71 (d, 1H), .38(d, 1H), 7.09-7.1 4(t,1 H), 7.05(s,1 H), 6.96-7.01 (t,1 H), 3.71 (s,3H), 2.66(s,2H), 1.48(s,6H).
Synthesis of Compound (58): Compound (58) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain nd (58). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.72- 7.74(d,1 H), 7.20-7.23(d,1 H), 7.11-7.1 6(t,1 H), 7.03(s, 1H), 6.76(s,1 H), 4.34-4.53(m,1 H), 3.65(s,1 H), 3.07-3.29(,.2H), 2.75-2.84(m,2H), 2.75-2.84(m,2H), 2.27-2.39(m,4H), 1.54- 1.56(d,6H), 1.38- .43(m,3H), 1.07(m,2H), 0.09(m,2H), 0.37-0.65(m,2H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 353.3; HPLC purity: 92.52%.
EXAMPLE 59: 3-methyl(1 -methyl-1 W-indolyl)(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2W)- yl)butan-1 -one (59) (59) Intermediate 56 Starting material 20 Intermediate 55 Synthesis of ethyloxocyclohexyl)propanenitrile (lntermediate-55): To a stirred solution of Starting Material-20 (5g, 44.6 mmol) in 15 mL of DMF, Triton-B (40% solution of Binzyl trimethylammonium hydroxide) (20.5 mL, 49.0 mmol) was added in 10 mL of DMF drop wise at 0"C under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes. To this acrylonitrile (2.6 g, 49.0 mmol) in 15 mL of DMF was added and stirred for 16 hours. Then reaction mixture was poured in water and ted with ethyl acetate, and concentrated. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using hexanes: ethyl acetate as eluent to give lntermediate-55 (975 mg).
Synthesis of 4a-methyldecahydroquinoline mediate-56): A solution of ediate- 55 (500 mg, 3.0261 mmol) in 25 mL of methanol was added to 10% of Pd/C (100 mg, 20% W/W) under N2 atmosphere. N2 gas was purged 5 min and then the reaction mixture was kept under hydrogen atmosphere at 60 psi for 16 h. After on, the st was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to give lntermediate-56 (287 mg).
Synthesis of Compound (59): Compound (59) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (59). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.70- 7.73(m,1H), 7.1 8-7.21 (m,1H), 7.02-7.1 4(m,1H), 7.00-7.02(m,1H), 6.75-6.76(m,1 H), 4.10- 4.40(m,1H), 3.63-3.64(d,3H), 2.62-3.00(m,5H), 1.64-1.66(m,3H), 1.52-1.55(m,6H), 0.62- 1.46(m,11H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 367.3; HPLC purity: 96.39%.
EXAMPLE 60: 3-(1,4-dimethyl-1H-indolyl)(octahydro-4W-1,4-benzoxazin yl)propanone (60) (60) Synthesis of Compound (60): nd (60) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (60). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.99- 7.05(m,2H), 6.76-6.78(m,2H), 4.16-4.34(m,1H), 3.70-3.88 (m,1H), 3.63-3.64(d,3H), 3.16- 3.43(m,5H), 2.83-2.97(m,1H), 2.47- 2.73(m,4H), 0.90-1 .90(m,9H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 341 .2; HPLC purity: 98.03%.
E 6 : 3-(1 H-indolyl)-1 -[(trans-4a,8a)-octahydro-4W-1 ,4-benzoxazin yl]propan-1 -one (61 ) (61) Synthetic Scheme-38 (61) Intermediate 59 Starting material 2 1 Intermediate 57 Intermediate 58 Synthesis of 2-chloro-W-[trans-(1,2)hydroxycyclohexyl]acetamide (lntermediate-57): ng Material ( 1 g, 6.6 mmol) was suspended in DCM ( 10 mL) and triethylamine ( 1 .94 mL, 13.9 mmol) was added at - 10 . To this chloroacetyl de (0.53 mL, 6.6 mmol) was added slowly and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 hours. After reaction was completed the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen ate and extracted with 5 percent IPA in ethyl acetate, and trated to give lntermediate-57 (570 mg) as brown oil.
Synthesis of (trans-4a,8a)-hexahydro-2W-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4H)-one (lntermediate-58): To a stirred solution of lntermediate-57 (570 mg, 2.974 mmol) in THF ( 10 mL) a 0 °C under N atmosphere, sodium hydride (60 percent in mineral oil) ( 13 1 mg, 3.271 4 mmol) was added carefully and the mixture was stirred for 16h at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the on mixture was ed with 1 HCI and extracted with DCM and concentrated. The crude materia! was purified by chromatography on a silica gel column chromatography eluting with DCM: MeOH afforded lntermediate-58 (300 mg).
Synthesis of (trans-4a,8a)-octahydro-2W-1,4-benzoxazine (lntermediate-59): lntermediate-58 (250 mg, 1.61 14 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran ( 10 mL) was slowly added to a suspension of lithium aluminum e (153 mg, 4.0286 mmol) at 0 °C. Then reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with 15% sodium hydroxide solution and the insoluble solids were removed by filtration. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether. Organic layers were dried by sodium sulfate and concentrated to give lntermediate-59 ( 70 mg) as pale brown oil.
Synthesis of Compound (61 ) : Compound (61 ) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (61 ) . 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.00(s,1 H), .55(d,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1 H), 7.02-7.1 4(m,2H), 6.95(s,1 H), 3.67-3.73(m,3H), 3.32-3.44(m,3H), 3.05-3.1 0(m,2H), 2.87-2.90(m,1 H), 2.45-2.66(m,4H), 2.15(s,1 H), 1.81 - 1.84(m,2H), 1.60-1 .64(m,2H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 3 13.2; HPLC : 94.77%.
EXAMPLE 62: 3-(1,4-dimethyl-1H-indolyl)[(trans-4a,8a)-octahydro-4W-1,4- azinyl]propan-1 -one (62) (62) Synthesis of (62): Compound (62) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain. H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.99-7.06(m,2H), 6.75-6.77(d,2H), 3.68- 3.86(m,3H), 3.63(s,3H), 3.35-3.48(m,2H), 3.12-3.29(m,3H), 2.64(s,3H), .61 (m,2H), 1.05-2.1 4(m,8H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 34 .2;, HPLC purity: .
EXAMPLE 63: 3-(1-methyl-1H-indolyl)[(trans-4a,8a)-octahydro-4W-1,4-benzoxazin- 4-yl]propanone (63) (63) Synthesis of Compound (63): Compound (63) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (63). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.51- 7.53(d, 1H), 7..12-7.23(m, 2H), .06(t,1H), 6.81 (s,1H), 3.68-3.76(m,3H), 3.67(s,3H), 3.22-3.48(m,4H), 3.03-3.08(t,2H), .69(m,2H), 1.05-2.1 2(m,7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 327.2; HPLC purity: 96.13%.
EXAMPLE 64: 3-(4-methyl-1 H-indolyl)(octahydro-4W-1,4-benzoxazinyl)propan one (64) Synthesis of Compound (64): Compound (64) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (64). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.94(s,1 H), 7.10-7.14(m,1 H), 6.90-7.02(m,2H), 6.76-6.80(1,1 H), 4.1 1-4.35(m,1H), 3.66- 3.87(m,1H), 3.13-3.49(m,5H), 2.47-2.99(m,6H), 0.91-1.97(m,8H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 327.2; HPLC purity: .
EXAMPLE 65: 3-(1,4-dimethyl-1W-indolyl)[trans-(4a,8a)-octahydro-4W-1,4- benzoxazinyl]propanone 1) (65) (65) Synthesis of Compound (65) (Peak-1): e of isomers of Compound (60) was separated by reverse phase column chromatography to give Compound (65) (Peak-1). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.99-7.06(m,2H), 6.75-6.77(d,2H), .76(m,3H), 3.63(s, 3H), 3.40-3.48(m,2H), 3.08-3.35(m,3H), 2.64(s,3H), 2.45-2.61 , 1.05-2.14(m,8H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 341.2; HPLC purity: 97.63% % (column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, RT = 15.84 min, mobile phase: 0.01%TFA:MeCN gradient).
EXAMPLE 66: 3-(1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-indolyl)-1 -[cis-(4a,8a)-octahydro-4H-1 ,4- benzoxazinyl]propan-1 -one Peak-2 (66) (66) Synthesis of Compound (66) (Peak-2): Mixture of isomers of Compound (60) was separated by reverse phase column chromatography to give nd (66) (Peak-2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.98-7.06(m,2H), 6.76-6.78(m,2H), 4.1 6-4.34(m,1 H), 3.69- 3.87(m, 1H), ,3H), .43(m,5H), 2.81 -2.97(m,1 H), 2.43-2.73(m,5H), 0.91 - ,8H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 341 .2; HPLC purity: 96.84%(column : Zorbax eclipse XDB-C1 8, RT = 16.1 9 min, mobile phase: 0.01 %TFA:MeCN gradient).
EXAMPLE 67: 3-( lyl)-1 - ,4-benzoxazin yl)propanone (67) (67) Synthesis of Compound (67): Compound (67) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (66). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.02(s,1 H), 7.53-7.56(m,1 H), 7.27-7.30(m,1 H), 7.02-7.1 5(m,2H), 6.96(s,1 H), 4.13- 4.32(m, 1H), 3.61 -3.84(m,1 H), 3.03-3.47(m,5H), 2.47-2.93(m,3H), 0.94-2. 12(m,8). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 3 13.2; HPLC purity: 98.01 %.
EXAMPLE 68: 1-(2,2-dimethyloctahydro-4«-1,4-benzoxazinyl)(4-methyl-1 l yi)propanone (68) (68) (68) Intermediate 63 Synthesis of 2-bromo-W-(2-hydroxyphenyl)methylpropanamide (lntermediate-60): lntermediate-60 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Intermediate-57 (Scheme 38). sis of 2,2-dimethyl-2 H-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4W)-one mediate-61): lntermediate-61 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-58 (Scheme 38).
Synthesis of 2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-1,4-benzoxazine (lntermed 'iate-62): lntermediate-62 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-29 (Scheme 22).
Synthesis of 2,2-dimethyloctahydro-2 H-1,4-benzoxazine (lntermediate-63): lntermediate-63 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-30 (Scheme 22).
Synthesis of Compound (68): Compound (68) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (68). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d ,1 H), 7.10-7.1 3(d,1 H), 6.91-7.02(m,2H), 6.76-6.81 (m,1 H), 4.04-4.40(m,1 H), 3.39- 3.80(m,1H), .31 (m,4H),2.51 -2.81 (m,6H), 1.65-1 .93(m,3H), 1.04-1 .41 (m,10H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 355.22; HPLC purity: 94.97%.
EXAMPLE 69: 3-(1,4-dimethyl-1 H-indolyl)(2-methyloctahydro-4W-1,4-benzoxazin (69) Synthetic Scheme-40 Synthesis of lntermediate-64 (2-methyloctahydro-2W-1,4-benzoxazine): lntermediate-64 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-63 (Scheme 39).
Synthesis of Compound (69): Compound (69) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (69). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.99- 7.06(m,2H), 6.77-6.77(d,2H), 3.86-4.31 (m,1 H), 3.63(s,3H), .44(m,2H), 3.16- 3.13(m,3H), 3.04-3.1 2(m,1 H), .75(m,1H), 2.64(s,3H), 2.42-2.61 (m,2H), 1.80- ,1H), 1.63-1.76(m,3H), .43(m,2H), 1.1 1-1.13(d,1 H), 1.01-1.07(m,2H), 0.92- 0.98(m,1H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 355.2; HPLC purity: 95.0%.
E 70: -dimethyl -1«-indol yl)(2,2-dimethyloctahydro-4H -1,4- azinyl)propan one (70) (70) Synthesis of Compound (70): Compound (70) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (70). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.99- 7.06(m,2H), 6.76-6.78(m,2H), 4.03-4.39(m,1 H), 3.62-3.63(d,3H), 3.41 (m,1H), 2.95- 3.29(m,4H), 2.47-2.80(m,5H), 0.99-1 .93(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 369.2; HPLC purity: 98.90%.
EXAMPLE 7 : 3-methyl(1-methyl-1 H-indolyl)-1 -(octahydro-4W-1,4-benzoxazin yl)butanone (71) (71) Synthesis of nd (71): Compound (71) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (71). H NMR z,CDCI3) d 7.70- 7.79(m,1H), 7.35-7.40(t,1 H), 7.03-7. 1 1 , 4.04-4.1 1(m,1H), 3.70(m,3H), ,3H), 2.00-3.40(m,5H), 0.83-1 .70(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 355.3; HPLC purity: 88.82%.
EXAMPLE 72: 3-(4-fluoro-1H-indolyl)(octahydro -4 1,4-benzoxazinyl)propan one (72) (72) Synthetic Scheme-41 Intermediate 65 ( 2 ) sis of 3-(4-fluoro-1H-indolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-65): lntermediate-65 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make ediate-28 (Scheme 21).
Synthesis of nd (72): Compound (72) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (72). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : 8.12(s,1 H), 6.99-7.08(m,2H), 6.95(s,1H), 6.64-6.74(m,1 H), 4.15-4.20(m,1 H), 3.66- 3.85(m,1H), 3.12-3.43(m,4H), 2.65-2.97(m,3H), 1.18-2.10(m,9H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 331.2; HPLC purity: 97.15%.
EXAMPLE 73: 2-(1 ,3-benzothiazolylsulfanyl)(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)ethanone (73) (73) Synthesis of ethyl (1,3-benzothiazolylsulfanyl)acetate (lntermediate-66): To a 00ml_ RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged 10 mL of dimethylformamide. To this Starting Material-25 ( 1 .0 g, 5.979 mmol) followed by potassium carbonate (2.477 g, 17.925 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Then ethylbromoacetate ( 1 .997 g , 11.958 mmol) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was concentrated. The resulting crude was taken in ethyl acetate ( 100 mL) and washed with water ( 100 mL X 3), brine ( 100mL) and trated to give lntermediate-66 (2.6 g).
Synthesis of (1,3-benzothiazolylsulfanyl)acetic acid (lntermediate-67): To a 100mL RB flask fitted with ic stirrer was charged 15 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 0.5 mL water, 0.5mL methanol. To this lntermediate-66 (2.6g, 10.262 mmol), ed by lithium hydroxide (738.9 mg, 30.788 mmol) were added at °C. Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 7 hours. After completion of the on (reaction monitored by TLC), reaction mass was diluted with 10mL of water and washed with 20mL dichloro e DCM (2 X 10mL). Then aqueous layer was acidified with 1N HCI (pH = 2), and the resulted solids were ed and dried to give lntermediate-67 (1 . 7g).
Synthesis of nd (73): Compound (73) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the c layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (73). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.69- 7.73(m, 1H), 7.58-7.60(d,1 H), 7.21 -7.28(m,1 H), 7 . -7. 16(t,1 H), 4.33-4.40(m,1 H), 4.1 9- ,2H), 3.78-3.82(m,1 H), 2.47-3.05(m,1 H), 1.56-1 .77(m,5H), 1.42(s,2H), 1.14- 1.33(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 347.1 ; HPLC purity: 97.01 %.
EXAMPLE 74: 2-(1 ,3-benzothiazolylsulfanyl)methyl-1 hydroquinolin-1 (2H)- yl)propan-1 -one (74) (74) Synthetic Scheme-43 Intermediate 68 4 Synthesis of 2-(1 ,3-benzothiazol ylsulfanyl)methylpropanoic acid mediate- 68): lntermediate-68 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Intermediate- 67 e 42).
Synthesis of Compound (74): Compound (74) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make 1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (77). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.86- 7.89(d,1 H), 7.68-7.71 (m,1 H), 7.33-7.38(m,1 H), 7.23-7.29(m,1 H), 4.58-4.62(m,2H), 2.69- 3.05(m,1 H), 1.63-1 .72(m,1 2H), 1.42-1 .45(m,1 H), 1.22-1 .40(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 375.1 ; HPLC purity: 9 1.48%.
EXAMPLE 75: 3-(1 ,3-benzothiazol-2 quinolin-1(2H)-yl)propan-1 -one (75) tic Scheme -44 Starti Synthesis of 3-(1 ,3-benzothiazolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-69): Starting material-27 (3.97 mmol) in benzene was added drop wise to the solution of Starting Material-26 (3.97 mmol) in benzene. The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 2 hours.
After 2 hours the reaction mass was cooled to room ature and extracted with 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The aqueous layer was acidified using Conc.HCI (3ml) at ° .
The resulting solids were filtered and dried at room temperature to get lntermediate-69 (660mg).
Synthesis of Compound (75): Compound (75) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (75). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.93- 7.97(m,1 H), 7.81 -7.84(d,1 H), 7.41 -7.46(m,1 H), 7.31 -7.36(m,1 H), 4.49-4.67(m,1 H), 3.65- 3.83(m, 1H), 3.44-3.51 (m,2H), 2.61 -3.1 0(m,3H), 1.71 - 1.78(m,6H), 1.30-1 .42(m,7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 329.1 ; HPLC purity: 98.1 3%.
EXAMPLE 76: -benzothiazolyl)(2-methyloctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propan- 1-one (76) (76) Synthesis of Compound (76): Compound (76) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (76). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.86- 7.89(d,1 H), 7.75-7.77(d,1H), 7.34-7.39(t,1H),7.24-7.29(t,1 H), 4.45-4.70(m,1H), 3.67- 4.08(m,1H), 3.40-3.45(t,2H), 2.94-3.05(m,1H), 2.77-2.85(m,1H), 1.58-1.76(m,9H), 1.20- 1.23(d,7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 343.1 ; HPLC purity: 95.24%.
EXAMPLE 77: methyl 1-[3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)propanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylate (80) (77) Synthesis of Compound (77): Compound (77) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain nd (77). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.86- ,1H), 7.75-7.77(d,1H), 7.35-7.39(t,1H), 7.25-7.30(t,1 H), 3.86-4.32(m,1 H), 3.61 (d,3H), 3.39-3.44(t,2H), 2.55-3.01 (m,2H), 0.90-2.24(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 387.2; HPLC purity: 95.28%.
EXAMPLE 78: 3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)propan- 1-one (78) (78) Synthesis of nd (78): nd (78) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (78). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.85- 7.89(m,1H), 7.74-7.77(d,1H), 7.34-7.39(t,1H), .29(t,1H), 4.23-4.50(m,1H), 3.31- 3.64(m,3H), 2.54-3.09(m,3H), 0.84-1 15H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 343.2; HPLC : 97.13%.
EXAMPLE 79: 3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)[trans-(4a,8a)-octahydro-4H-1 ,4-benzoxazin yl]propanone (79) (79) Synthesis of Compound (79): Compound (79) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (79). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.86- 7.89(d,1 H), 7.75-7.77 (d,1H), 7.35-7.39(t,1 H), 7.25-7.30(t,1 H), 3.80-3.93(m,2H), 3.39- 3.55(m,5H), 2.78-2.96(m,2H), .22(m,9H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 331 .22; HPLC purity: 96.52%.
EXAMPLE 80: 3-(1 ,3-benzothiazolyl)-1 -(octahydro-4 H - ,4-benzoxazinyl)propan-1 - one (80) (80) Synthesis of Compound (80): Compound (80) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (80). 1H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 7.85- 7.89(m,1H), 7.75-7.77(d,1 H), 7.34-7.40(m,1 H), 7.25-7.30(m,1 H), 4.1 1-4.31 (m,1 H), 3.80- 3.91 (m,1H), 3.31-3.57(m,5H), 2.68-3.04(m,2H), 1.66-2.24(m,6H), 1.32-1.44(m,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 331.2; HPLC purity: 94.03%.
EXAMPLE 81: -benzothiazol-2 1W-indolyl)propanone (81) (81) Synthesis of Compound (81): Compound (81) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (81). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.89- 7.91 (d,1H), . 77(d,1 H), 7.36-7.41 (t,1 H), 7.26-7.31 (t,1H), 3.64-4.03(m,1 H), 3.32- 3.52(m,3H), 2.71-2.97(m,2H), 0.95-2.24(m,12H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 315.1; HPLC purity: 95.99%.
EXAMPLE 82: 3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)(octahydro-2H-isoindolyl)propanone (82) (82) sis of Compound (82): Compound (82) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) e 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (82). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.91- 7.94(d,1 H), 7.75-7.78(d,1 H), 7.37-7.42(t,1 H), 7.27-7.32(t,1 H), 3.22-3.47(m,6H), 2.81- ,2H), 2.10-2.21(m,2H), 1.89(s,1H), 1.30-1.40(m,7H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 315.2; HPLC purity: 98.47%.
EXAMPLE 83: 3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)(2-methyloctahydro-1 Afindolyl)propan one (83) (83) Synthesis of Compound (83): Compound (83) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (83). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 7.87- 7.90(d,1 H), 7.75-7.77 (d,1 H), 7.35-7.40(t,1H), 7.25-7.30(t,1 H), 3.86-4.1 3(m,1 H), 3.62- 3.69(m,1H), 3.34-3.52(m,2H), 2.68-2.97(m,2H), 1.80-2.1 4(m,4H), 1.00-1.67(m,10H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 329.2; HPLC purity: 97.23%.
E 84: 1-(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1 W-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridinyl)propan one (84) (84) Intermediate 70 Synthesis of 3-(1 W-pyrroIo[2,3-/5]pyridinyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-70): lntermediate-70 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-9 (Scheme 4).
Synthesis of Compound (84): Compound (84) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) e 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (84). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 9.77- 9.80(d,1H), .30(d,1H), 7.93-7.96(m,1H), 7.16-7.18(d,1H), 7.05-7.1 1(m,1H), 4.50- 4.68(m,1H), 3.57-3.65(m,1 H), 3.07-3.1 5(m,2H), 2.56-2.95(m,4H), 1.25-1.87(m,12H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 312.3; HPLC purity: 95.95%.
EXAMPLE 85: 1-(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3- £>]pyridinyI]propanone (85) (85) Synthesis of nd (85): Compound (85) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make (51) e 34). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (85). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.34- ,1 H), 8.09-8.1 3(t,2H), 7.78-7.81 (d,1 H), 7.37-7.49(m,4H), 7.08-7.1 4(m,1H), 4.42- 4.59(m,1H), 3.48-3.60(m,1H), 2.89-2.97(m,2H), 2.47-2.75(m,3H), 1.25-1.74(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 452.2; HPLC purity: 99.87%.
EXAMPLE 86: 1-(2-methyIoctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3 - ]pyridin yl)propan-1 -one (86) (86) Synthesis of Compound (86): Compound (86) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (86). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 9.48(3 ,1H), 8.21 -8.23(d,1 H), 7.86-7.90(m,1 H), 6.98-7.09(m,2H), 4.46-4.70(m,1H), 3.47- 3.90(m,1H), 3.03-3.08(m,2H), 2.49-2.77(m,2H), 1.07-1.86(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 326.2; HPLC purity: 97.13%.
EXAMPLE 87: 3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-/)]pyridinyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- yl)propanone (87) (87) sis of Compound (87): nd (87) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (87). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.25(s,1H), 7.82-7 .84(m,1H), 6.94-7.00(m,2H), 4.43-4.61 (m,1 H), 3.77(s,1 H), 3.38- ,1H), 2.98-3.05(m,2H), 2.45-2.92(m,4H), 1.18-1 .66(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 326.3; HPLC purity: 98.68%.
EXAMPLE 88: 3-( -indazolyl -1(2 )-yI)propanone (88) Synthesis of -1 W-indazole (lntermediate-71): Starting Material-28 (42mmol) in DMF (50ml) was cooled to °C. Then potassium hydroxide (84.6mmol) was added which was followed by the addition of Iodine (42mmol). The reaction mixture was maintained at room temperature for 2 hours. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with ice cooled water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS04, and evaporated to give ediate-71 (8g, pale yellow solid).
Synthesis of fert-butyl 3-iodo-1 W-indazolecarboxylate (lntermediate-72): DMAP ( 1 6.37mmol) was added to lntermediate-71 (39 mmol) in acetonitrile (50ml). The reaction mixture was then cooled to °C. BOC anhydride (39.9mmol) was added to the cooled reaction e. The on was carried out at room temperature for 16 hours. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with water ( 100ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2S0 4 and evaporated to obtain ediate-72 (7g, pale yellow solid).
Synthesis of fert-butyl 3-[(1 £)ethoxyoxoprop-1 -en-1 -yl]-1 W-indazole-1 xylate (lntermediate-73): To Triethylamine (3ml), lntermediate-72 ol) was added to which methyl acrylate (5.8mmol) was further added. The reaction mixture was purged with argon for 10 minutes.
The Pd (II) acetate (0.5mmol) and tri-o-tolyl phosphine (0.5mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was carried out for 16 hours at room temperature. Then the on mixture was filtered through ceiite, the filtrate was diluted with ethyl e ) and washed with NaHC0 3 (50ml) and brine solution. The organic layer was dried over ous MgS0 4, and obtained the crude product by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure. The crude product was purified using silica gel column using Hexane and Ethyl acetate as the eluent, to obtain lntermediate-73 (500mg, pale yellow liquid). H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6): d 8.24-8.27(d, 1H), 8.1 3-8.1 6(d, 1H), 7.85-7.90 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.71 (t, 1H), 7.45-7.50(t, 1H), 6.96-7.02(d, 1H), 3.80(s, 3H), 1.67(s, 9H).
Synthesis of fert-butyl 3-(3-ethoxyoxopropyl)-1 W-indazolecarboxy late (lntermediate-74): lntermediate-73 ( 1 .58mmol) dissolved in EtOAc ( 10ml) was taken in a par shaker flask. To this reaction mixture 10% Pd-C (20% W7W) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere (50 psi) for 5 hours at room temperature. After 5 hours the reaction mixture was filtered through . The filtrate was further concentrated to give lntermediate-74 (200mg, pale yellow liquid). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d 6) : d 7.99-8.02(d, 1H), 7.62-7.65(d, 1H), 7.44-7.47 (t, 1H), 7.21 -7.26(t, 1H), 3.63 (s,3H) , 3.21 t,2H), 2.84- 2.89(t,2H), 1.65(s, 9H).
Synthesis of 3-(1 W-indazolyl) propanoic acid (lntermediate-75): Intermediate 74 (0.6mmol) is added to a solvent (equal ratio of the solvents THF (2ml) and MeOH (2ml)) to which LiOH (3.4mmol) solution in 1ml water is further added. The on was allowed for 16 hours at room temperature. After 16 hours the reaction mixture was concentrated, and acidified with 1 HCI (pH = 2). The reaction mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS0 4, and ated to obtain lntermediate-75(1 00mg, pale yellow liquid).
Synthesis of Compound (88): Compound (88) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (88). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.72- 7.74(d,1 H), .47(m,2H), 7.1 1-7.1 6(m,1 H), 4.42-4.61 (m,1 H), 3.57-3.74(m,1 H), 3.1 0- 3.35(m,3H), 2.22-3.00(m,3H), 1.56-1 .67(m,1 2H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 3 12.2; HPLC purity: 90.23%.
EXAMPLE 89: 3-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazolyl)-1 -(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)propan-1 - (89) (89) Synthesis of ethyl 3-(1 H-indazolyl)propanoate (lntermediate-76): lntermediate-74 ( 1 .7 mmol) in DCM (5ml) was cooled to °C, followed by the addition of TFA (5.1 mmol). The reaction was allowed for 3 hours at room temperature. After 3 hours the on e was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (50ml). Further washed with NaHC0 3 solution , the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS0 4, and evaporated to obtain lntermediate-76 (250mg, pale yellow liquid).
Synthesis of 3-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazolyl)propanoic acid (lntermediate-77): lntermediate-76 ( 1 .2mmol) was added to dry THF (5ml) and was cooled to °C. Then to the reaction e, NaH (2.4mmol) was added. After 15 minutes, Mel ( 1.8mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was allowed for 3 hours at room ature. After 3 hours the reaction mixture was quenched with 1 HCI and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS0 4, and evaporated to obtain lntermediate-77 (100mg, pale yellow liquid).
Synthesis of Compound (89): Compound (89) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the c layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (89). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.64- 7.67(d,1 H), 7.24-7.33(m,2H), .1 1(m,1 H), 4.44-4.62(m,1 H), .95(d,3H), 3.57- 3.70(m,1 H), 3.21 -3.26(m,2H), 2.42-2.93(m,3H), 1.21 - 1.68(m,1 3H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 326.3; HPLC purity: 96.80%.
EXAMPLE 90: 3-(1 W-benzotriazol-1 -yl)-1 -(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2W)-yl)propan- 1-one (90) (90) Starting material 29 Intermediate 78 Intermediate 79 Synthesis of ethyl 3-(1 H-benzotriazol-1 -yl)propanoate (lntermediate -78): The starting material-29 (4.1 mmol) in dry THF (5ml) was cooled to °C, followed by the addition of NaH (6.0mmol). The reaction mixture was gradually warmed to room temperature and allowed to react for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was again cooled to °C, followed by the drop wise addition of ethyl 3-bromopropanoate (4.6mmol) in THF (2.5ml). The reaction was allowed for 12 hours at room temperature. After 12 hours the on mixture was quenched with ice cooled water and extracted with ethyl e. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS0 , and concentrated to obtain lntermediate-78 (70mg). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.98-8.01 (1 H,d), 7.55-7.58(d,1 H), 7.41 -7.46(t,1 H), .33(t,1 H), 4.82-4.87 (t,2H), 4.00-4.07(t,2H), 3.00-3.05(t,2H), 1.08-1 .1 (t,3H).
Synthesis of 3-(1 H-benzotriazol-1 -yl)propanoic acid (lntermediate -79): At 0"C, LiOH (1 .5mmol) in water ( 1ml) was added to lntermediate-78 in the t THF: MeOH ( 1 :1 , 3ml each). The reaction was allowed for 2 hours at room temperature. After 12 hours the reaction mixture was concentrated, r ied with 1N HCI (pH = 2). The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS0 , and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain lntermediate-79 (60mg). 1H NMR (300MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.29-8.00(4H,m), 4.82-4.87(t,2H), 3.09-3.1 4(t,2H).
Synthesis of nd (90): Compound (90) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (90). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.96- 7.99(m,1H), 7.60-7.62(m,1H), 7.42-7.47(m,1H), 7.28-7.33(m,1H), 4.88-4.94(m,2H), 4.10- 4.50(m,1H), 3.20-3.30(m,1 H), 2.40-3.20(m,3H), 0.70-1. 94(m,15H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 327.2; HPLC purity: 99.10%.
EXAMPLE 91 : 3-(1 benzotriazolyl)(octahydro-4H-1,4-benzoxazinyl)propan one (91) (91) Synthesis of Compound (91): Compound (91) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (91). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.96- 7.99(m,1H), 7.57-7.61 (m,1H), 7.41-7.46(t,1H), 7.27-7 .33(t,1H), 4.89-4 2H), 3.77- 4.11 (m,2H), 2.90-3.31 (m,5H), 1.18-1.88(m,9H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 315.2; HPLC purity: 92.32%.
EXAMPLE 92: 3-(5-fluoro-1W-indolyl)(2-methyloctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butan one (92) Synthesis of Compound (92): Compound (92) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (92). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.00(s,1 H), 7.29(m,2H), 6.98(s,1 H), 6.82(t,1H), 4.40-4.70(m,1 H), 2.61-3.58(m,5H), 1.59(m,9H), 1.35-1.43(t,6H), 1.02(m,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 357.2; HPLC purity: 82.80%.
EXAMPLE 93: 3-(1« -indolyl)-1 2 )-y l)propanone (93) (93) Synthesis of Compound (93): Compound (93) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (93). 1H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d .75(s,1H), 7.48-7.52(t,1H), 7.30-7.33(m,1H), 7.12(s,1 H), 6.93-7.07(m,2H), 4.29- 4.48(m,1H), 3.60-3.71 (m,1 H), 2.43-2.96(m,5H), 1.23-1 .70(m, 13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 3 11.1 ; HPLC purity: 97.67%. uinolin-1(2 )-yl)butanone (94) (94) sis of nd (94): Compound (94) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). The crude t was ed by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (94). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.57(m,1 H), 7.10-7.28(m,2H), 6.98-7.03(m,1H), 6.78-6.80(d,1 H), 4.43-4.60(m,1H), 3.65(m,3H), 3.51-3.59(m,2H), 2.37-2.87(m,3H), 0.90-1. 63(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 339.2; HPLC purity: 91.90%.
EXAMPLE 95: 3-(1 iyl)methyI(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)pentanone (95) (95) Synthesis of Compound (95): Compound (95) was sized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (95). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.51- 8.55(d ,1 H), 7.53-7.61 (m,1H), 7.22-7.25(d,1H), 6.94-7.06(m,2H), 6.84(d, H), 4.32-4 .47(m,1H), 3.35-3.65(m,1 H), 3.02-3.20(m,1H), 2.28-2.92(m,3H), 0.78-1 .99(m,20H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 353.3; HPLC purity: 88.81 % .
EXAMPLE 96: (1«-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)oxopropan yl]acetamide (96) (96) Synthesis of Compound (96): Compound (96) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 1). The crude t was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (96). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d .78-1 0.85(m,1 H), 8.19-8.22(m,1H), 7.52-7.58(m,1H), 7.30-7.33(m,1 H), 6.97-7.1 1(m,3H), .06 (m,1H), 4.20(m,1 H), 2.86-3.07(m,3H), 0.96-1 .83(m,17H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 368.1 ; HPLC purity: 94.46%.
EXAMPLE 97: [2-(1-methyl-1H-indolyl)cyclopropyl] (octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- yl)methanone (97) (97) Synthesis of 1-benzyl-1H-indolecarbaldehyde (lntermediate-80): To a 250ml 3 neck RBF was charged 40ml of THF. To the stirred solution NaH (1.24g,31.0mmol) was added followed by addition of Starting al-30 (3g,20.6mmol). The reaction mixture was d at RT for 30 min. Then benzyl e (2.7ml, 22.6mmol) was added to the mixture at 0°C.
Resulted reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h . After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice and extracted with ethylacetate and concentrated. Crude al was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-80 (4.25 g). sis of ethyl (2£)(1-benzyl-1 W-indolyl)propenoate (lntermediate-81): lntermediate-81 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-7 (Scheme 4). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain lntermediate-81 (3.85 g) Synthesis of ethyl 2-(1 -benzy1-1 lyl)cyclopropanecarboxylate lntermediate-82): To a 250ml 3neck RB was charged 40ml of DMSO. To this lntermediate-81 (3.5g, 11.4mmol), TMSOI (2.7g, 12.6mmol), and then KOH (55mg, 0.98mmol) was added. Resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 12hours. After reaction was completed (monitored by TLC) the reaction e was ed with water and extracted with ethyl acetate, and concentrated. Crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-82 (655mg).
Synthesis of 2-(1-benzyl-1H-indolyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (lntermediate-83): lntermediate-83 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-79 (Scheme 49).
Synthesis of [2-(1-benzyl-1 W-indolyl)cyclopropyl] (octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- yl)methanone mediate-84): lntermediate-84 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain lntermediate-84 (275 mg).
Synthesis of [2-(1 W-indolyl)cyclopropyl](octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)methanone (lntermediate-85): 5ml of DMSO was taken in a 25ml single neck RB. To this ediate- 84 (275mg, 0.66mmol) followed by potassium-t-butoxide (525mg, 4.66mmol) in THF was added and stirred at rt for 3 hours. After reaction quenched with NH4CI solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with DM water and brine solution and concentrated. The crude product was obtained purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain lntermediate-85 ( 8 mg). sis of Compound (97): nd (97) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-77 (Scheme 48). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (97). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 7.52-7.58(m,1 H), 7.13-7.22(m,2H), 7.01-7.06(m,1 H), 6.65-6.78(m,1 H), 4.41-4.66(m,1H), .06(m,1 H), 3.70(s,3H), 2.98-3.33(m,1 H), 2.42-2.76(m,2H), 1.52-1.86(m,9H), 1.26- 1.45(m, 6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 337.2; HPLC purity: 96.48%.
E 98: 2-(1 H-indoIylmethyl)(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl) oxopropanenitrile (98) (98) Synthesis of Compound (98): Compound (98) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (98). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.11 (s,1 H), 7.48-7.55(m,1 H), 7.31-7.34(d,1H), 7.09-7.13(m,3H), .59(m,1H), 3.82- 4.03(m,1H), 3.26-3.48(m,3H), 2.51-2.85(m,1 H), 2.15-2.30(m,1 H), 1.93-2.01 (m,1 H), 1.52- 1.64(m,1 1H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 336.2; HPLC purity: 92.84%.
EXAMPLE 99: 2-(1 -indolylo in-1(2 )-yl)ethanone (99) (99) Synthesis of Compound (99): Compound (99) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the c layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (99). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 7.53- 7.58(t,1 H), 7.50 (S,1H), 7.20-7.23(d,1H), 7.09-7.14(t,1 H), 6.98-7.03(t,1 H), 6.76-6.77(t,1H), 4.57-4.72(m,2H), 4.35-4.52(m,1 H), 3.82-4.02(m,1H), 2.54-3.07(m,1 H), 1.26-1.78(m,13H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 3 13.2; HPLC purity: 96.80%.
E 100: 2-[(1 -methyl-1 H-indolyl)oxy]-1 hydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)propan-1 - one (100) (100) Synthesis of Compound (100): Compound (100) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (100). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.53-7.55(m,1 H), 7.1 4-7.1 8(m,2H), 6.97-6.99(m,1H), 6.53-6.55(t,1H), 4.71-4.79(m,1 H), 4.08-4.58(m,2H), 3.58(d,3H), 2.47-2.95(m,1 H), 1.18-1.68(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 341.2; HPLC purity: 98.96%.
EXAMPLE 101: methyl 1-[3-(1 W-indolyl)methylpentanoyl]deeahydroquinoline carboxylate (101) (101) Synthesis of Compound (101): Compound (101) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (101). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.02(s,1H), 7.56-7.59(d,1H), 7.23-7.26(m,1 H), 7.06-7.1 1(t,1 H), 6.97- 7.04(t,1 H), 6.91-6.92(d,1 H), 4.00-4.09(m,1H), 3.66-3.67(d,1 H), 3.56(s,3H), 3.45-3.49(d,1H), 3.17-3.24(m,1 H), 2.66-2.81 (m,2H), 2.24-2.28(m,1 H), 1.97-2.1 5(m,1 H), 1.07-1.78(m,1 1H), .96(d,3H), 0.77-0.80(d,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 4 11.3; HPLC purity: 94.17%.
EXAMPLE 102: methyl 1-[3-(1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylate (102) (102) Synthesis of Compound (102): Compound (102) was synthesized by following the ure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (102). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.99(s,1 H), 7.59-7.65(m,1H), 7.25-7.28(d,1 H), 6.97-7.12(m,2H), 6.94- 6.95(d,1H), .23(m,1 H), 3.52-3.65(m,4H), 2.69-2.79(m,1H), 2.43-2.57(m,1H), 2.37(s,1 H), 0.95-2.01 (m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 383.3; HPLC purity: 95.38%.
EXAMPLE 103: 1-t3-(1« -indol inolin-4(1 )-one (103) (103) Synthesis of Compound (103): Compound (103) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (103). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.08(s,1 H), 7.57-7.67(m,1H), 7.24-7.30(m,1 H), .1 1(m,3H), 4.45- 4.85(m,1H), 3.62-3.67(m,3H), 1.1 -3.31 (m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 339.2; HPLC purity: 81.37%.
EXAMPLE 104: 1-[3-(1 H-indolyl)methylpentanoyl] octahydroquinolin-4(1 H)-one (104) (104) Synthesis of Compound (1 04): nd (1 04) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (104). H N R (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.94(s,1 H), 7.55-7.61 (m,1 H), 7.23-7.25(m,1 H), 6.95-7.09(m,3H), 4.44- 4.84(m, 1H), 3.63-3.70(m, 1H), .24(m,1 H), 1.94-2.98(m,1 5H), 1.06-1 .08(d,3H), 1.00- 1.01 . LC-MS (M+H)+ = 367.3; HPLC : 96.24%.
EXAMPLE 105: 1-[3-(1 lyl)methylpentanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid ( 05) (105) Intermediate 86 ( 105) Synthesis of methyl 1-[3-(1 W-indolyl)methylpentanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylate (lntermediate-86): lntermediate-86 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make (49) (Scheme 32). sis of Compound (105): Compound (105) was sized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-3 (Scheme 1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.97- ,1H), 7.56-7.59(d,1H), 7.23-7.25(d,1 H), 6.97-7.1 1(m,2H), 6.92-6.93(d,1 H), 4.04- 4.21 (m,1H), 3.37-3.64(m,1H), 3.07-3.19(m,1 H), 2.63-2.90(m,2H), 1.34-2.28(m,14H), 0.94- 0.96(,3H), 0.75-0.80(d,3H) LC-MS (M+H)+ = 397.2; HPLC purity: 97.21%.
E 106: 1-(4-hydroxyoctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yI)(1H-indolyl)butanone (106) (106) Synthesis of Compound (106): Compound (106) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (106). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.91 (s,1H), 7.60-7.62 , 7.27(m,1H), 7.01-7.13(m,2H), 6.95(s,1H), 3.89-4.51 (m,1 H), 3.56-3.61 (m,2H), 3.12-3.29(m,2H), 1.53-2.76(m,13H), 1.36-1.40(m,3H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 341 .3; HPLC purity: 89.75%.
EXAMPLE 107: 1-[3-(1 W-indolyl)methylpentanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid sodium salt (107) (107) ( 105) ( 107) Synthesis of Compound (107): To the stirred solution of Compound (105) (25 mg, 0.063 mmol) in THF, eOH and water, NaHC0 3 (0.063 mmol) was added at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated. ed crude material was triturated with ether to give Compound (107) (24 mg) as white solid. H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 10.90(s,1H), 7.44-7.52(m,1 H), 7.28- 7.31 (d ,1H), 6.92-7.05(m,3H), ,1H), 3.70-3.90(m,1H), 3 . 65-3.21 (m,4H), 2.64- 2.67(m,2H), 1.40-2.31 (m,11 H), 0.80-0.90(m,6H). LC- S (M+H) + = 397.2; HPLC : 89.15%.
EXAMPLE 108: 4,4,4-trifluorohydroxy(1H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- anone (108) (108) Synthesis of Compound (108): Compound (108) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (108). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 8.15(s,1H), 7.70(m,1 H), 7.29-7.37(m,3H), 7.08-7.12(m,1H), 4.25- 4.43(m,1H), 3.51-3.62(m,1 H), 3.29-3.37(m,1H), 2.76-3.05(m,1 H), 1.30-1.82(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 395.1; HPLC purity: 97.32%.
EXAMPLE 109: 2-(1 W-indolyl) (2 )-yl)oxobutanenitrile (109) Synthesis of Compound (109): Compound 109) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) e 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (109). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 8.15(s,1H), 7.61-7.66(t,1 H), 7.32-7.36(m,1 H), 7.20-7.25(m,2H), 7.08- 7.17(m,1H), 4.66-4.72(m,1 H), 4.40-4.62(m,1H), 3.37-3.48(m,1 H), 2.48-3.1 3(m,3H), 1.30- 1.84(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 336.1 ; HPLC purity: 98.95%.
EXAMPLE 110: 3-(1H-indo!yl)methyl(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- ylcarbonyl)butanenitrile (110) (110) Synthesis of Compound (110): nd (1 10) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound ( 1 10). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 8.08(s,1H), .72(m,1H), 7.30-7.33(m,1 H), 7.01 -7.1 6(m,3H), 4.35- 4.40(m,1H), 3.00-3.20(m,1 H), 2.25-2.41 (m,2H), 1.07-1 .78(m,19H). LC-MS (M-H)+ = 362.4; HPLC purity: 95.88%.
EXAMPLE 111 : 3-(4-fluoro-1 lyl)methyl-1 -(octahydroquinolin-1 (2W)- yl)pentanone (111) (111) Synthesis of Compound (111): Compound (1 11) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound ( 1 11). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.19-8.23(d,1 H), 7.09-7.1 2(d,1H), 7.05(m,1 H), 6.97(m,1 H), 6.73- 6.81 (m,1H), 4.36-4.50(m,1H), 3.59-3.79(m,1H), 3.00-3.30(m,1H), 2.60-2.96(m,2H), 2.10- 2.45(m,1H), 1.00-1 .48(m,14H), 0.75-0.88(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 371.2; HPLC purity: 99.54%.
EXAMPLE 112: 3-(4-fluoro -1W-indolyl)methyl-1 -(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin- 1(2H)-yl)pentan-1 -one (1 12) (112) Synthesis of Compound (112): Compound (1 12) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the c layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound ( 1 12). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.28-8.34(d,1H), 7.07-7.1 2(m,1 H), 6.95-7.04(m,2H), .76(m,1H), 4.12-4.43(m,1 H), 3.58-3.67(m,1H), 3.25-3.39(m,1H), 2.92-3.00(m,1H), 2.68-2.87(m,2H), 2.43- 2.56(m,1H), 1.21-2.03(m,12H), 0.77-1. 04(m,9H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 385.3; HPLC purity: 98.01%.
EXAMPLE 113: 3-(1 -methyl-1 H-indolyl)-1 -(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2H)- anone (113) (113) Synthesis of Compound (113): Compound ( 1 13) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (113). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.56-7.60(m,1H), 7.20-7.22(m,1H), 7.1 -7.1 6(t,1 H), 6.99-7.04(t,1H), 6.80-6.82(d,1H), 3.80-3.83(m,1 H), 3.66-3.73(m, 3H), .62(m,1H), .82(m,4H), 2.49- 2.59(m,2H), 1.52-2.1 5(m,1 OH), 1.34-1.42(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 353.3; HPLC purity: 88.48%.
EXAMPLE 1 4: luoro-1 H-indolyl)-1 -(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin-1 (2«)-yl)butan- 1-one (114) (114) Synthesis of Compound (114): Compound ( 1 14) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain ( 1 14). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.13(s,1H), 6.96-7.07(m,2H), 6.92-6.93(m,1 H), 6.65-6. 73(m,1 H), 4.20-4.48(m,1 H), 3.38- 3.65(m,2H), .97(m,1 H), 2.37-2.59(m,1 H), 1.14-1 .97(m,16H), 0.76-0.79(m,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 357.3; HPLC purity: 98.46%.
EXAMPLE 115: 3-(4-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)methyl-1 -(4a-methyloctahydroquinolin- 1(2H)-yl)pentan-1 -one , peak-1 ) ( 5) (115 peak 1) Synthesis of Compound (115) (Peak-1) : Mixture of isomers of nd (112) was separated by e phase HPLC to give Compound ( 1 15) (peak 1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.31 (d,1H), .05(d,1 H), 6.92-6.99(m,1H), ,1H), 6.62- 6.68(t,1 H), 4.05-4 .36(m,1H), 3.17-3.57(m,2H), 2.85-2.95(m,2H), 2.66-2.68(m,1H), 1.58- 2.63(m,13H), 0.69-0.96(m,9H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 385.3; HPLC purity: 99.62%. Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6X1 50mm, 5mM; RT = 16.97 min; Mobile phase: MeCN:H20 (6:4).
EXAMPLE 116: 3-(4-fluoro -1H-indolyl)methyl (4a-methyloctahydroquinolin- 1(2W)-yl)pentanone peak-2) (116) (11 6 peak 2) Synthesis of Compound (116) (Peak-2): Mixture of isomers of compound (112) was separated by reverse phase HPLC to give Compound ( 16) (peak-2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d ,1 H), 7.02-7.05(d,1H), .98^,2 H), 6.85(s,1H), 6.60- 6.88(t,1H), 4.04-4.37(m,1H), 3.24-3.60(m,1H), 2.85-2.95(m,1H), 2.65-2.76(m,2H), 1.58- 2.46(m,13H), 0.69-0.96(m,9H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 385.3; HPLC purity: 98.53%. Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6X1 50mm, 5mM; RT = 17.70 min; Mobile phase: MeCN:H20 (6:4).
EXAMPLE 117: 3-(1 W-indolyl)methyl(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)pentan-1 -one (120) (117 peak 1) Synthesis of nd (117) (peak-1): Mixture of isomers of compound (95) was separated by using reverse phase ative HPLC to give nd ( 17) (peak-1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.92(s,1H), .63(m,1 H), 7.25-7.28(d,1 H), 7.00-7.1 0(m,2H), 6.91-6.93(m,1H), 4.31-4.47(m,1 H), 3.34-3.49(m,1H), 3.04-3.22(m,1H), 2.52-2.86(m,1H), 2.33- 2.37(m,2H), 1.08-2.28(m,14H), 0.90-1. 00(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 353.3; HPLC purity: 97.76%. Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C1 8, 4.6X150mm, 5mM; RT = 18.77 min; Mobile phase: MeCN: 0.01% TFA in H20, runtime: 30 minutes.
EXAMPLE 118: 3-(1 «-indolyl)methyl-1 -(octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl)pentan-1 - peak-2) (118) (11 8 peak 2) Synthesis of Compound (118) (peak-2): Mixture of isomers of compound (95) was separated by using reverse phase preparative HPLC to give Compound ( 1 18) (peak-2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.91 (s,1H), 7.56-7.59(m,1 H), 7.24-7.27(d,1 H), 6.97-7.09(m,2H), 6.92-6.94(m,1H), 4.31-4.46(m,1 H), 3.34-3.64(m,1H), 3.17-3.26(m,1 H), 2.67-2.87(m,2H), 2.03- 2.41 (m,1H), .28(m,14H), 0.91-0.94(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 353.3; HPLC purity: . Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, 0mm, 5mM; RT = 19.07 min; Mobile phase: MeCN: 0.01% TFA in H20, runtime: 30 minutes.
E 119: 3-(1H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butanone (peak-1) (119) (119 peak 1) Synthesis of Compound (119) (Peak-1): e of isomers of nd (1) was separated by using reverse phase preparative HPLC to give Compound ( 1 19) (peak-1). d 7.92(s,1 H), 7.58-7.65(m,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1H), 7.00-7.13(m,2H), 6.93-6.96(m,1H), 4.30- 4.60(m,1H), 3.50-3.58(m,1 H), 2.60-2.90(m,1 H), 2.30-2.55(m,2H), 0.78-1 17H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.3; HPLC purity: 99.59%. Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6X1 50mm, 5mM; RT = 13.37 min; Mobile phase: MeCN: H20 (50:50).
EXAMPLE 120: 3-(1 W-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butanone (peak-2) (120) (120 peak 2) Synthesis of Compound (120) (peak-2): Mixture of s of compound (1) was separated by using reverse phase ative HPLC to give Compound (120) (peak-2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.90(s,1H), 7.59-7.63(m,1 H), 7.26-7.30(d,1 H), 7.00-7.1 3(m,2H), 6.94-6.95(m,1H), 4.30-4.60(m,1H), 3.56-3.65(m,1H), 2.43-2.89(m,3H), 0.79-1 .64(m,17H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 98.57%. Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6X150mm, 5mM; RT = 14.37 min; Mobile phase: MeCN: H20 (50:50).
EXAMPLE 121: luoro-1W-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butanone (121) (121) Synthesis of Compound (121): Compound (121) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the c layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (121). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.85-8.88(d,1H), 6.98-7.08(m,1H), 6.92-6.97(m,1H), ,1H), 6.62- ,1H), 4.41-4.59(m,1H), 3.54-3.79(m,2H), 2.37-3.04(m,3H), 1.52-1.63(m,6H), 1.46- 1.47(m,2H), 1.37(s,5H), 1.32-1.34(m,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 343.2; HPLC purity: 96.57%.
EXAMPLE 122: 3-(4-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butanone (peak-1) (122) (122, peakl) Synthesis of Compound (122) (peak-1): Compound (122) (peak-1) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (122) (peak- 1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.10(s,1H), .07(m,2H), 6.93(d,1H), 6.67-6.75(m,1H), 4.45-4.59(m,1 H), 3.55-3.69(m,2H), 2.41-2.96(m,3H), 0.76-1 .60(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 343.2; HPLC purity: 97.18%.
EXAMPLE 123: 3-(4-fluoro-1«-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butanone (peak-2) (123) (123, peak 2) Synthesis of Compound (123) 2): Compound (123) 2) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain nd (123) (peak- 2). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d ,1H), .07(m,2H), 6.93-6.94(d,1 H), 6.65- 6.75(171,1 H), 4.40-4.59(m,1H), 3.55-3.69(m,2H), 2.41-2.96(m,3H), 0.76-1 .60(m,16H). LC- S ( +H)+ = 343.2; HPLC purity: 95.41%.
EXAMPLE 124: 3-(1H-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butanone 1) (124) (124, peak l ) Synthesis of Compound (124) (peak-1) : Compound (124) (peak-1) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (124) (peak- 1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.93(s,1H), 7.59-7.65(m,1 H), 7.27-7.30(d,1 H), 7.00- 7.13(m,2H), 6.95(s,1H), 4.40-4.61 (m,1H), 3.46-3.65(m,2H), 2.37-2.92(m,4H), 1.61- 1.64(m,6H), 1.36-1.47(m,5H), 1.26-1.29(m,4H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC purity: 93.69%.
EXAMPLE 125: 3-(1«-indolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yI)butanone (peak-2) (125) (125, peak 2) Synthesis of (125) 2): Compound (125) (peak-2) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (125) (peak-2). N R (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.94(s,1 H), 7.59-7.65(m,1H), 7.27-7.30(d,1 H), 7.02-7.1 3(m,2H), 7.00(s,1 H), 4.40-4.61 (m,1 H), 3.46-3.64(m,2H), 2.42-2.97(m,4H), .9 1(m,6H), 1.41- ,5H), 1.36(m,4H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 325.2; HPLC : 94.79%.
EXAMPLE 126: 3-(4-chloro-1H-indolyl)[trans-(4a,8a)-octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- yl]butanone (126) (126) Synthesis of Compound (126): Compound (126) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (126). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 8.32(s,1 H), 7.12(s,1H), 6.99-7.04(m,3H), 3.68-4.16(m,1 H), 2.98- 3.22(m,2H), 2.25-2.85(m,1H), 0.65-1 .85(m,18H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 359.2; HPLC purity: 84.27%.
EXAMPLE 127: ethyl 1-[3-(4-chloro-1H-indolyl)butanoyl] octahydroquinoline-4a(2H)- carboxylate (127) (127) Synthesis of Compound (127): Compound (127) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (127). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.06(s,1H), 6.99-7.02(m,4H), 3.99-4.10(m,5H), 2.66-3.08(m,2H), 1.74- 2.50(m,13H), 1.33-1 .36(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 431 .2; HPLC : 94.82%.
EXAMPLE 128: 3-(4-chloro-1H-indolyl)(4a-phenyloctahydroquinolin-1(2H)- yl)butanone (128) (128) Synthesis of (128): Compound (128) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (128). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.01 (s,1H), 7.60-7.62(d,2H), 7.1 1-7.19(m,3H), 7.02(m,1H), 6.98(d,3H), 3.80-4.21 , 3.17- ,1 H), 2.80-2.92(m,2H), .49(m,2H), 0.78-2.1 5(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 435.2; HPLC purity: 88.09%.
EXAMPLE 129: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 indoiyl)butanoyl]octahydroquinoline-4a(2H)- carboxylic acid (129) (129) Synthesis of (129): Compound (129) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude t was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (129). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d 12.24(s,1H), 11.15(s,1 H), .31 (m,2H), 6.97-7.01 , 3.92-3.95(m,1 H), 3.26(m,2H), 2.72-2.76(m,2H), 1.21 -2.40(m,1 6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 403.2; HPLC purity: 99.09%.
EXAMPLE 130: 3-(4-chloro-1W-indolyl)[4a-(hydroxymethyl) octahydroquinolin- 1(2H)-yl]butanone (130) (130) Synthesis of (130): Compound (130) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 ) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (130). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.10(s,1H), 7.16(m,1H), 7.02-7.03(d,1H), 6.98-7.00(m,2H), 3.87-4.00(m,1 H), 3.46-3.71 (m,1 H), 2.79- 2.98(m,3H), 2.44-2.52(m,1H), 1.37-1.8 H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 389.2; HPLC purity: 93.28%.
EXAMPLE 131 : 1-[4a-(hydroxymethyl)octahydroquinolin-1 (2H)-yl](1 H-indol anone (131) (131) Synthesis of (131): Compound (131) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (131). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.94(s,1H), 7.60-7.63 (d ,1H), .30(d,1H), 7.01 -7.1 3(m,2H), 6.96-6.97(m,1 H), 3.32-3.76(m,3H), 2.79- 2.84(m,3H), 2.44-2.62(m,2H), 1.62-1 .96(m,12H), 1.36-1.38 (d,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 355.2; HPLC purity: .
EXAMPLE 132: 1-(4a-hydroxyoctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)-3 -(4-methyl-1 H-indol yl)butanone (132) (132) Synthesis of Compound (132): Compound (132) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced re and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (132). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.96(s,1H), 7.1 0-7.1 3(m,1H), 6.94-7.01 (m,2H), .78(d,1H), 4.40- 4.53(m,1H), .95(m,1H), 3.41-3.66(m,1H), 2.71 -3.01 (m,2H), 2.66-2.68(m,3H), 2.28- 2.60(m,2H), 1.31-1.99(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 355.2; HPLC purity: 9 1.85%.
EXAMPLE 133: 3-(1«-indolyl)methyl(octahydro-4H-1,4-benzoxazinyl)pentan- 1-one (133) (133) Synthesis of Compound (133): Compound (133) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (133). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.98(s,1H), 7.56-7.58(d,1 H), 7.26-7.28(d,1H), 6.97-7.11 (m,2H), 6.92- 6.93(d,1 H), 4.01-4.22(m,1 H), 3.29-3.57(m,3H), 3.10-3.25(m,2H), 2.64-2.94(m,2H), 1.99- 2.39(m,1H), 1.67-1 .84(m,1 H), 1.15-1.21 (m,5H), 0.95-0.99(m,4H), 0.76-0.83(m,5H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 355.2; HPLC purity: 98.87%.
EXAMPLE 134: yl(1-methyl-1H-indolyl)(octahydro-4H-1,4-benzoxazin yl)pentanone (134) (134) Synthesis of nd (134): Compound (134) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (134). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d .56(d,1 H), 7.1 9-7.21 (d,1H), 7.08-7.13(t,1H), 6.95-7.02(m,1H), 6.77(s,1H), 3.76-4.1 ), 3.66(s,3H), 3.47-3.55(m,1 H), 3.27-3.42(m,2H), 3.09- 3.20(m,2H), 2.62-2.92(m,3H), .35(m,1H), 1.94-2.1 7(m,2H), 1.51-1.80(m,6H), 0.93- 0.97(m,3H), 0.76-0.80(m,3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 369.3; HPLC purity: 91.33%.
EXAMPLE 135: 3-(4-fluoro-1 H-indolyl)methyl(octahydro-4H-1,4-benzoxazin tanone (135) (135) Synthesis of Compound (135): Compound (135) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (135). H N R (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.22(s,1H), 6.98-7.1 3(m,3H), 6.70-6.76(m,1H), 4.07-4.22(m,1 H), 3.10- ,3H), 2.70-2.88(m,2H), 2.04-2.1 3(m,1 H), 1.66-1.86(m,3H), 0.77-1 .33(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 373.2; HPLC purity: 94.76%.
EXAMPLE 136: 3-(4-fluoro-1H-indolyl)(octahydro-4H-1,4-benzoxazinyl)butan one (136) (136) Synthesis of Compound (136): Compound (136) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude t was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (136). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.08(s,1H), 6.96-7.1 2(m,3H), 6.68-6. 77(m,1H), 3.87-4.28(m,1H), 3.24- 3.87(m,2H), 2.64-2.96(m,2H), 2.42-2.56(m,1 H), 2.21-2.30(m,1 H), 1.32-2.02(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 345.2; HPLC purity: 94.02%.
EXAMPLE 137: 3-(4-fluoro-1 H-indolyl)(octahydro-4«-1,4-benzoxazinyl)butan one (,peak-1) (137) (137, peak 1) sis of Compound (137) (peak-1): Mixture of s of Compound (136) was separated by using preparative reverse phase HPLC column to give Compound (137) (peak- 1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.26-8.33(d,1 H), 6.91 -7.1 0(m,3H), 6.65-6.76(m,1 H), 4.11- 4.29(m,1H), 3.58-3.78(m,1H), 3.54-3.58(m,1H), 3.29-3.42(m,2H), .1 5(m,1 H), 2.77- 3.03(m,2H), 2.34-2.55(m,2H), 1.78-1 .91(m,1H), 1.52-1.67(m,3H), 1.32-1 .4 1(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 345.2; HPLC : 97.60%; Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, Mobile phase: MeCN: H20, 40:60, RT = 14.93 min.
EXAMPLE 138: 3-(4-fluoro-1H-indolyl)(octahydro-4 -1,4-benzoxazin yl)butan one ( ) (138) (138, peak2) Synthesis of Compound (138) (peak-2): Mixture of isomers of Compound (136) was separated by using preparative reverse phase HPLC column to give Compound (138) (peak- 2). 1H NMR Z.CDCI3) : d 8.14(s,1H), 6.93-7.12(m,3H), 6.65-6.74(m,1 H), 4.13- 4.28(m,1H), 3.44-3.86(m,2H), 3.18-3.38(m,2H), 2.57-2.88(m,2H), 2.43-2.52(m,1 H), 1.84- 2.33(m,2H), 1.56-1.88(m,4H), 1.33-1.40(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 345.2; HPLC purity: 96.43%; column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, Mobile phase: MeCN: H20, 40:60, RT = 15.46 min.
E 139: 3-(4-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)[cis-(4a,8a)-octahydro-4 H-1 ,4-benzoxazin yl]butanone ( ) (139) (139, peak 1) Synthesis of Compound (139) (peak-1): Compound (139) (peak-1 )was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain, Compound (139) (peak- 1). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 8.03(s,1H), 6.92-7.10(m,3H), 6.72-6.77(m,1 H), 4.10- 4.30(m,1H), 3.54-3.76(m,2H), 2.46-3.27(m,7H), 1.67-1.79(m,4H), 1.33-1.4 1(m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 345.2; HPLC : 96.25%.
EXAMPLE 140: 3-(4-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)[cis-(4a,8a)-octahydro-4«-1 ,4-benzoxazin yl]butanone ( peak-2) (140) (140, peak 2) Synthesis of Compound (140): Compound (140) (peak-2) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (140) (peak-2). H NMR z,CDCI3) : d 8.03(s,1H), 6.92-7.07(m,3H), 6.7-6.77(m,1 H), 4.10-4.30(m,1H), 3.54- 3.76(m,2H), 2.-3.27(m,7H), 1.67-1 .83(m,4H), 1.33-1 .41 (m,6H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 345.2; HPLC purity: 97.10%.
E 141: ethyl 1-[3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)butanoyl]octahydroquinoline-4a(2H)- carboxylate (141) (141) sis of Compound (141): Compound (141) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain nd (141). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.75-7.89(m,2H), 7.23-7.38(m,2H), 3.81 -4.1 3(m,3H), 2.99-3.09(m,1H), 2.53-2.87(m,1 H), 2.01 -2.1 9(m,3H), .78(m,18H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 415.2; HPLC purity: 93.99%.
EXAMPLE 142: 3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)(octahydro-1H-indolyl)butanone (142) (142) Synthesis of Compound (142): Compound (142) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (142). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 7.88-7.91 (d,1H), 7.75-7.78(d,1 H), 7.35-7.40(t,1 H), 7.25-7.30(t,1H), 3.86- 4.10(m,2H), 3.38-3.50(m,2H), 2.91 (m,1H), 2.56(m,1H), 1.05-2.06(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 329.2; HPLC purity: 97.29%.
EXAMPLE 143: 1-(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1 W-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl)butan one (143) (143) Synthesis of Compound (143): nd (143) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by ating the c layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (143). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 9.63(s,1H), 7.94-8.1 4(m,2H), 6.97-7.07(m,2H), 4.40-4.60(m,1 H), 3.40- 3.65(m,2H), 2.41-2.88(m,5H), 1.18-1.48(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 326.1; HPLC : 94.48%.
EXAMPLE 144: 1-(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyridinyl)butan one (peak-1) (144) (144, peak l ) Synthesis of Compound (144) 1): Mixture of isomers of Compound (143) was separated by using preparative reverse phase HPLC column to give Compound (144) (peak-1). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 12.04(s,1H), 8.55-8.57(d,1 H), 8.14-8.16(d,1H), 7.30- 7.34(m,2H), 4.32-4.67(m,1 H), 3.47-3.85(m,2H), 2.51-2.98(m,5H), 1.32-1.73(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 326.2; HPLC purity: 99.85%; Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C-18, mobile phase: MeCN: H20 50: 50, RT = 4.77 min.
EXAMPLE 145: 1-(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1 W-pyrrolo[2,3-/?]pyridinyl)butan one (peak-2) (145) (145, peak 2) Synthesis of Compound (145) (Peak-2): Mixture of isomers of Compound (143) was separated by using preparative reverse phase HPLC column to give Compound (145) (peak- 2). NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 1.84(s,1H), 8.51-8.54(d,1H), 8.16(d,1 H), 7.30 (m,2H), 4.32- 4.67(m,1H), 3.45-3.76(m,2H), 2.51-2.98(m,5H), 1.32-1.73(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 326.2; HPLC purity: 98.76%; Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C-18, mobile phase: MeCN: H20 50: 50, RT = 5.24 min.
E 146: 1-[4a-(hydroxymethyl)octahydroquinolin-1(2W)-yl](1 W-pyrrolo[2,3- i)]pyridinyl)butanone (14 (146) Synthesis of Compound (146): Compound (146) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (146). NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d 11.28(s,1 H), 8.15-8.1 7(d,1H), 7.93-7 1H), 6.99-7.25(m,2H), .25(m,1H), 3.39-3.70(m,3H), .93(m,2H), .75(m,4H), 1.24-2.03(m,14H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 356.2; HPLC : 96.35%.
EXAMPLE 7: 3-(4-chloro-1 W-pyrrolo[2,3-/)]pyridinyl)[4a-(hydroxymethyl) octahydroquinolin-1(2 )-yl]bu (147) Synthesis of Compound (147): Compound (147) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under d pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (147). 1H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 9.07(s,1H), 8.05-8.07(d,1H), 6.99-7. 10(m,2H), 3.51-3.92(m,4H), 2.78- 2.94(m,4H), 2.14-2.32(m,2H), .96(m,13H). LC- S (M+H)+ = 390.2; HPLC purity: 9 1.09%.
EXAMPLE 148: 1-(4a-hydroxyoctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin yl)butanone (148) (148) Synthesis of nd (148): Compound (148) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was ed by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (148). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d s,1H), 8.16(d,1H), 7.95-7.99(m,1 H), 7.20-7.24(m,1H), 6.99- 7.03(m,1H), 4.35(s,1H), 4.15-4.29(m,1 H), 3.63-3.72(m,1H), 3.42-3.51 (m,2H), 2.62- 2.83(m,3H), 1.20-1.98(m,14H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 342.2; HPLC purity: 98.98%.
EXAMPLE 149: 1-[3-(4-methyl-1H-indolyl)butanoyi] octahydroquinoline-4a(2W)- carbonitrile (149) (149) Synthesis of nd (149): Compound (149) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude t was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (149). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 6.98-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.75-6.78 (m, 2H), 4.82 (s, 1H), 3.93 (s, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.16-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.61 ( , 2H), 1.97-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.72 (m, 3H), 1.59-1.65 (m, 7H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 364.2; HPLC purity: 93.73%.
EXAMPLE 150: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (150) (150) sis of Compound (150): Compound (150) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR z, DMSO-d6) : d 12.23(s,1H), 11.17(s,1H), 7.34-7.36(d,1H), 7.18-7.27(m,4H), 7.09-7.1 5(m,2H), 6.93- 7.00(m,1H), 6.58-6.64(m,1 H), 4.83(m,1H), 3.91-4.06(m,1H), 3.00-3.18(m,3H), 1.09- 1.88(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity: 96.20%.
EXAMPLE 151: 1-[3-(6 -fluoro -1W-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (151) (151) Synthesis of Compound (151): Compound (151) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d 12.21(s,1H), 10.94(s,1 H), 7.27-7.30(m,4H), .24(t,2H), 7.05-7.13(m,2H), 6.69- 6.75(m,1H), 4.63-4.65(m,1H), 3.90-3.98(m,2H), 2.98-3.26(m,3H), 2.27-2.43(m,2H), 1.10- 1.84(m,10H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 449.22; HPLC purity: 96.21%.
EXAMPLE 152: 1-[3-(1,3-benzothiazol phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline ylic acid (152) (152) Synthesis of Compound (152): Compound (152) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300MHz,DMSO-d6) : d 12.26(s,1H), 7.92-8.00(m,2H), 7.24-7.49(m,7H), 4.96-4.98(m,1H), 3.50-4.23(m,3H), 2.90- 3.21 (m,1H), 1.47-2.27(m,13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 449.1 ; HPLC purity: 99.48%.
EXAMPLE 153: 1-(4a-methoxyoctahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1 W-pyrrolo[2,3--5]pyridin yl)butanone (153) (153) Synthesis of Compound (153): Compound (153) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (153). H NMR (300MHz,CDCI3) : d 9.14(s,1 H), .21 (d,1H), 7.93-7.96(m,1 H), 6.96-7.08(m,2H)3.44- ,3H), 303-3.06(m,3H), 2.42-2.75(m,2H), 1.27-1 .83(m,16H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 356.2; HPLC purity: 94.26%.
EXAMPLE 154: 1-[3-(1,3-benzothiazolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (154) (154) Synthesis of Compound (154): Compound (154) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300MHz,CD3OD) : d 7.88- 7.94(m,2H), 7.44-7.50(m,1 H), 7.35-7.41 , 4.17(s,1H), 3.79-3.97(m,2H), 3.52- 3.63(m,1H), 3.07-3.22(m,1 H), .86(m,1H), 2.56(m,1H)2.04-2.1 1(m,2H), 1.88- ,2H), 1.61 (m,4H), 1.45-1 .51 , 1.35-1.38(m,4H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 387.2; HPLC purity: 93.02%.
EXAMPLE 155: 4-chloro-1 W-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (155): (155) Synthesis of (155): Compound (155) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.19 (brs, 1H), 11.31 (s, 1H), 7.49, brs, 1H), 7.20-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.09-7.11 ( , 1H), 6.96-7.01 (t, 1H), 6.85- 6.87 (d, 1H), 5.27-5.30 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.91 (2H, m), 2.60-2.95 (m, 3H), 2.25 (brs, 1H), 1.39- 1.95 (m, 11H). LC-MS (M+H) + = 465.2; HPLC purity: 99.0%.
EXAMPLE 156: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1 indolyl)(thiophenyl)propanoyl] decahydroquinoline- 4-carb (156) Synthesis of (156): nd (156) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.28 (brs, 1H), 6.98- 7.06 (m, 4H), 6.80-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.62-6.68 (m, 1H), .20 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.59 (m, 1H), 3.94-4.06 (m, 1H)3.54-3.64 (1H), 3.30-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.55 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.35-1.40 (m, 4H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 455.2; HPLC purity: 98.58%.
EXAMPLE 157: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1 «-indolyl)(4-fluorophenyl) propanoyl]decahydroquinolin (157) Synthesis of (157): Compound (157) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.23 (brs, 1H), 11.19 (brs, 1H), 7.24-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.15 (d, 1H), .06 (m, 3H), 6.61-6.65 (m, 1H), 4.83 (brs, 1H), 3.87-4.06 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.20 (4H), 2.45-2.60 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.86 (m, 10H). LC- MS (M+H)+ = 467.2; HPLC purity: 97.74%.
EXAMPLE 158: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (158): (158) Synthesis of (158): Compound (158) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.25 (brs, 1H), 1 1 .19 (brs, 1H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 2H), 6.96-7.04 (m, 2H), 3.96-4.01 (m, 2H), .50 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.79 ( , 4H), .95 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.70 (m, 13H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 403.2; HPLC purity: 93.16%.
EXAMPLE 159: 1-[3-(6-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline ylic acid (peak-1) (159) (159, peak 1) Synthetic Scheme-53 n erm ate-88 lntermedlale-89 (peak-1) (peak-2) Synthesis of 3-(6-fluoro-1 H-indolyl)-W-[(1 R)hydroxyphenylethyl] phenylpropanamide (lntermediate-88, peak-1 and lntermediate-89 peak-2): At 0°C, to a stirred on of lntermediate-87 (0.800g, 2.8 mmol) and Starting Material -31 (0.387g, 2.8 mmol) in THF: DMF (10 mL: 0.5 mL), HBTU (1.28g,3.3 mmol) was added followed by addition of isopropyl mine ( .09g, 8.4 mmol). The resulted reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the reaction mass was quenched with water and extracted with Ethyl acetate (3x50 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution (50mL) and trated. Crude product was ed by combi flash chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc (1 : 1) to give lntermediate-88 (200 mg) and ediate-89 (280 mg) as pink solid. lntermediate-88, peak-1 : LC-MS (M+H) + = 403.2; HPLC purity: 91.08%; Column: Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6X50mm, 5mhh ; RT = 13.58 minutes, Mobile phase: MeCN: 0.01%TFA gradient. lntermediate-89, peak-2: LC-MS (M+H) + = 403.2; HPLC purity: 91.62%; : Zorbax eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6X50mm, 5mhi ; RT = 13.82 minutes, Mobile phase: MeCN: 0.01%TFA S nthetic Scheme-54 lntermedlate-91 ediate- 8 lntermedlate-90 (peak-1) (peak-1) (peak-1) Synthesis of 3-(6-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)phenylpropanoic acid (Intermed iate-90, To a stirred solution of lntermediate-88, peak-1 g, 0.49 mmol) in 1,4 dioxane: H20 (2mL: 2mL) Cone. H S0 (0.6 mL) was added and the resultant mixture was heated at 90 °C for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction (reaction monitored by TLC), the reaction mass was quenched with ice and extracted with Ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution (50mL) and dried over anhydrous Na SC and concentrated to give lntermediate-90 (130 mg) as a pink oily material.
Synthesis of methyl 1-[3-(6-fluoro-1/+indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] droquinolinecarboxylate mediate-91, peak-1): lntermediate-91, peak-1 was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). (159, peak l ) Synthesis of Compound (159) (peak-1): Compound (159) (peak-1) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.21 (brs, 1H), 10.93 (brs, 1H), 7.22-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.05-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.93- 6.97 (m, 2H), .80 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.64 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.1 (m, 3H), 2.27- 2.32 (m, H), 1.15-1.83 (m, 11H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity: 96.66%.
EXAMPLE 160: 1-[3-(6-fluoro-1 /findolyl)phenylpropanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid ( peak-2) (160 (160, peak 2) Synthetic Scheme-55 Synthesis of 3-(6-fluoro-1H-indolyl)phenylpropanoic acid (lntermediate-92, peak- 2): lntermediate-92 (peak-2) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-90 (peak-1) (Scheme 54).
Synthesis of methyl 6-fIuoro-1H-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarboxylate (lntermediate-93, peak-2): lntermediate-93 (peak-2) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2).
Synthesis of Compound (160) 2): Compound (160) (peak-2) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.22 (brs, 1H), 10.94 (brs, 1H), 7.19-7.31 (m, 3H), 7.05-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.05- 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.69-6.75 (m H), 4.62-4.65 (m, H), 3.78-3.93 (m, H), 2.97-3.18 (m, 4H), 2.41 -2.45 (m, 1H), .46- .90 (m, 11H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity: 97.44%.
EXAMPLE 161: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1H-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (peak-1) (161): (161, peak 1) Synthesis of Compound (161) (Peak-1): Compound (161) (peak-1) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 1 59) (peak-2) (Scheme 53, & 54). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.38 (brs, 1H), 6.90-7.35 (m, 8H), 6.55-6.61 (m, 1H), 4.86-4.93 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.36 (m, H), 2.98-3.08 (m, 3H), 2.22-2.35 (m, H), 1.31-1 .69 (m, 11H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity: 97.90%.
EXAMPLE 162: 4-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (peak-2) (162): (162, peak 2) Synthesis of Compound (162) (peak-2): nd (162) (peak-2) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (160) 2) (Scheme 55). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.23 (brs, 1H), 11.18 (brs, 1H), .36 (m, H), 7.07-7.27 (m, 6H), 6.93-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.51-6.71 (dd, 1H), 4.83 (brs, 1H), 3.91-3.99 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.20 (m, 2.41-2.45 (m, 2H), .45-1 .88 (m, 11H).LC-MS (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity: 98.50%.
E 163: 1-[4-methyl(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-i5]pyridinyl)pentanoyl]decahydro quinolinecarboxylic acid (16 (163) sis of nd (163): Compound (163) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 05) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.22 (brs, 1H), 11.30(brs, 1H), 8.13-8.14 (d, H), 7.94-7.96 (d, 1H), 7.19-7.20 ( , H), 6.97- 7.01 (m, 1H), 3.82-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.84 (m, 5H), 2.20-2.25 (m, 1H), .03 (m, 6H), 1.17-1.23 (4H), 0.90-0.92 (d, 3H), 0.56-0.58 (d, 3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 396.2; HPLC purity: 95.12%.
EXAMPLE 164: 4-methyl(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)(1 W-pyrro!o[2,3-i3]pyridin yl)pentanone (164): (164) Synthesis of Compound (164): Compound (164) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (164). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 9.46 (brs, 1H), 8.17-8.21 (m, 1H), 7.89-7.95 (m, 1H), 6.95-7.05 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.89 ( , 3H), 2.29-2.37 (m, 1H), 1.95-2.12 (m, 3H0, 1.55-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.37-1.49 (m, 6H), 0.90-0.92 (d, 3H), 0.76-0.78 (d, 3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 354.3; HPLC purity: 96.20%.
EXAMPLE 165: 1-[3-(1 W-pyrroio[2,3--?]pyridinyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (165): (165) Synthesis of Compound (165): Compound (165) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.22 (brs, 1H), 1 1 .31 1H), 8.15-8.16 (m, H), 7.95-7.98 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.26 ( ,1H), .02 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.52 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.81 (m, 3H), 2.27- 2.34 (m, 1Ή ), 1.60-1 .98 (m, 8H), 1.45-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.28, , 3H). LC-MS (M+H)+ = 370.2; HPLC purity: 9 1.67%.
EXAMPLE 166: 3-(4-chloro-1H-benzotriazolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butan one (166): (166) Synthesis of Compound (166): Compound (166) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using eum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (166). H NMR (300MHz,CD3OD) NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.49-7.54 (t, H), .35 (m, 2H), 5.40- .44 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.76 (m, 2H0, 2.71 -3.02 (m, 1.5H), 2.41 -2.51 (m, 0.5H), 1.18-1.75 (m, 16H).: LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 361.1 ; HPLC purity = 89.09%.
EXAMPLE 167: 3-(4-chloro-2H-benzotriazolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)-yl)butan one (167): sis of Compound (167): Compound (167) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl e as eluent to obtain Compound (167). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.67-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.31 (M, 1H), 7.19-7.24 ( , 1H), 5.55-5.64 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.55 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.62 (m, 1H), .45 (m, H), 2.75-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.50 (m, 1H), 1.70 (d, 3H), 1.17-1.68 (m, 12H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 361.2; HPLC purity = 95.89%.
EXAMPLE 168: 1-[3-(4 -methyl- 1H-benzotriazolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (168): (168) Synthesis of Compound (168): Compound (168) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) e 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 7.66-7.69 ( , 1H), .42 (t, 1H), 7.14-7.16 (d, 1H), 5.41 (brs, 1H), 3.70-3.86 (m, 3H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.27 (brs, 1H), 1.19-1.83 (m, 14H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 385.2; HPLC purity = 83.84%.
EXAMPLE 169: 1-[3-(4-methyl-2W-benzotriazolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (169): (169) Synthesis of Compound (169): Compound (169) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.26 (brs, 1H), .70 ( 1 H, m), .42 (t, 1H), 7.14-7.16 (d, 1H), 5.41-5.43 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.96 (m, 2H), 2.85-3.12 (m, 3H0, 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.27 (brs, 1H),1.70-2.0 (m, 11H), 1.61 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 385.2; HPLC purity = 84.25%.
EXAMPLE 170: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1H-indo|yl)(thiophen panoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (170): (170) Synthesis of Compound (170): Compound (170) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 11.18 (brs, 1H), 7.35-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.98-7.02 (m, 1H), .88 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.71 (m, 1H), 5.00-5.12 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.66 (m, 0.5H), (4.26-4.34 (m, 0.5H), 3.80-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.75 (m, 10 H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 455.1 ; HPLC purity = 97.36%.
EXAMPLE 171 : 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl)butanoyl] droquinolinecarboxylic acid (171): (171) Synthesis of (171): Compound (171) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.26 (brs, 1H), 1 1 .77 (s, 1H), .11 (d, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.12 (d, 1H), 4.05 (brs, 1H), 3.85-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.51 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.76 m, 2H), 1.62-1 .97 (m, 1 1 H), 1.40-1 .43 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 404.2; HPLC purity = 90.05% E 172: 4-methyl(4-methyl-1H-benzotriazolyl)(octahydroquinolin-1(2H)- yl)pentanone (172): (172) Synthesis of Compound (172): Compound (172) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the c layer under reduced pressure and was purified by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound (172)1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.34-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.02 (m, 1H), 5.00-5.03 (m, H), 4.61 (brs, 0.5H), 4.1 5-4.30 (m, 0.5H), 3.41 -3.61 (m, 2H), 2.78-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.1 5-2.42 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.95 (m, 14H), 0.70-0.81 (m, 6H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 369.3; HPLC purity = 82.9% EXAMPLE 173: 3-(4-ch!oro-1 ,3-benzothiazolyl)(octahydroquino!in-1 (2H)-yl)butan- 1-one (173): (173) sis of Compound (173): Compound (173) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (1) (Scheme 2). The crude product was obtained by evaporating the organic layer under reduced pressure and was ed by silica gel column using Petroleum ether: Ethyl acetate as eluent to obtain Compound ( 3)1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.64-7.67 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.39 (d, 1H), 7.16-7.21 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.56 (m, 1H), 3.64- 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.01 -3.23 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.65 (m, 2H), 1.52-1 .78 (m, 8H), 1.46 (d, 3H), 1.31 - 142 (m, 6H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 377.1 ; HPLC purity = 98.83% EXAMPLE 174: 1-[3-(6-fluoro-1H-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (174): Synthesis of Compound (174): Compound (174) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51)1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.06 (brs, 0.5H), 7.98 (brs, 0.5H), 7.22-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.98 (m, 5H), 6.60-6.75 (m, 2H), 4.85- 4.87 (m, 1H), 4.78-4.83 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.32 (dd, 1H), .10 (dd, 1H), 2.12-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.85-2.00 (m, 5H), 1.41-1 .58 (m, 4H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity = 93.61%.
EXAMPLE 175: 1-[3-(6-fluoro-1 H-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (175): (175) sis of nd (175): Compound (175) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51)1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.35 (brs, 1H), 10.99 (brs, 1H), 7.20-7.31 (m, 6H), 7.05-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.69-6.75 (t, 1H), 4.62- 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.45 (m, 0.5H), 3.81-4.10 (m, 0.5H), 2.93-3.22 (m, 2H), .51 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.75 (m, 1 H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 449.2.
EXAMPLE 176: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1H-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl] decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid ( 76) : Synthesis of Compound (176): Compound (176) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.19 (brs, 1H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 1H), 6.92-7.12 (m, 7H), 6.54-6.65 (m, 1H), 4.88-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.51- 4.64 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.79 (m, 1H), 2.94-3.09 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.74 ( , 2H), 2.12-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.95-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.85 (m, 10H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity = 99.50%.
EXAMPLE 177: 1-[3-(6-fluoro-1 W-indolyl)methylpentanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (peak-1) (17 (177) Synthesis of Compound (177): Compound (177) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d .87 (brs, 1H), 7.48-7.53 (dd, 1H), .07 (m, 2H), 6.75-6.82 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.17-3.24 (q, 2H), 2.67-2.69 (d, 2H), 2.23-2.30 (m, 1H), .02 (m, 2H), 1.01-1 .84 (m, 10H), 0.86-0.88 (d, 3H), 0.76-0.78 (d, 3H) . LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 415.2; HPLC purity = .
EXAMPLE 178: 1-[3-(6-fiuoro-1 W-indolyl)methylpentanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (peak-2) ( 7 (178) sis of Compound (178): nd (178) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.81 (brs, 0.5H), 8.45 (brs, 0.5H), 7.43-7.47 (dd, 1H), 6.84-6.90 (m, 1H), 6.79 (brs, 1H), 6.70-6.76 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.50 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.00- 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.95 ( , 2H), 1.23-1.65 ( , 10H), 0.94-0.96 (d. 3H), 0.78-0.80 (d, 3H). LC- MS: (M+H)+ = 4 15.2; HPLC purity = 88.97%.
E 179: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1W-indolyl)methyIpentanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (179): (179) Synthesis of Compound (179): Compound (179) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.44 (brs, 0.5H), 8.37 (brs, H), 6.88-7.05 (m, 3H), 6.62-6.70 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.50 (m, 1H), 3.61 (t, 1H), 3.51-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.20 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.45 (m, H), 1.99-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.15-1 .80 (m, 10H), 0.93-0.95 (d, 3H), 0.70-0.72 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 415.3; HPLC purity = 96.54%.
E 180: thyl(4-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin yl)pentanoyl]decahydroquin : Synthesis of Compound (180): nd (180) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 1 1 .71 (brs, 0.5H), 11.32 (brs, 0.5H), 7.88-8.01 (m, H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.81-6.84 (m, 1H), 3.92- 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.86 (s, 2H), 2.84 (s, 1H), 2.45-2.70 (m, 4H), 1.95-2.10 (m, 2H), 1.12-1 .75 (m, 10H), 0.95-1 .05 (m, 6H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 412.3; HPLC purity = 97.39%.
EXAMPLE 181: 1-[3-(1 ^benzotriazolyl)phenylpropanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (peak-1) (181) Synthesis of Compound (181): Compound (181) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 05) (Scheme 5 1). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 7.67-7.73 ( , 3H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.28 (dd, 1H), 7.08-7.13 (d, 1H), 4.55-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.13 (m, 1H)< 3.02-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.30-2.15 (m, 10H) . LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 433.2; HPLC purity = 98.45%.
EXAMPLE 182: 1 H-benzotriazolyl)phenylpropanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid 2) (182 Synthesis of Compound (182): Compound (182) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.36 (brs, 1H), 7.69-7.71 (d, 2H), 7.36-7.48 (m, 7H), 7.19-7.24 (d, 1H), 4.26-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.15 (m, 1H), .59 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.28 (m, 1H), 1.35-2.16 (m, 10H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 433.2; HPLC purity = 97.16%.
EXAMPLE 183: 1-[4-methyl(4-methyl-1 H-benzotriazolyl)pentanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarbo (183) Synthesis of nd (183): Compound (183) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.38- 7.41 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.30 (t, 1H), 7.00-7.03 (d, 1H), 5.02-5.05 (m, 1H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.46- 3.68 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.39 (m, 4H), 1.25-1 .95 (m, 10H), 0.96- 0.98 (d, 3H), 0.75-0.77 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 413.2; HPLC purity = 95.52%.
EXAMPLE 184: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 W-indolyl)(thiophenyl)propanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarbo Synthesis of Compound (184): Compound (184) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 5 1) . 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.36 (br s, 1H), 7.16-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.11 -7.14 (d, 1H), 7.06-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.83- 6.78 (m, 2H), 5.58-5.64 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.60 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.42 (M, 1H), 2.99-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.84 (m, 1 H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 471 .2; HPLC purity = 98.02%.
EXAMPLE 185: 1-[3-(6-chloro-1 W-indolyl)methylpentanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (185): Synthesis of Compound (185): Compound (185) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) e 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d .94 (br s , 1H), 7.52-7.55 (d, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.93-6.96 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.33 (m, 1H), .02 (m, 12H), 0.86-0.88 (d, 3H), 0.75-0.77 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 431 .3; HPLC purity = 96.39%.
EXAMPLE 186: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1 H-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl]decahydroquinoline ylic acid (186): (186) Synthesis of Compound (186): Compound (186) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.07 (br s, 1H), 11.18 (brs, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 1H), .29 (m, 4H), 7.08-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.93-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.55-6.64 (m, 1H), 4.78-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.35 (m, 1H), 3.74-4.00 (m, 1H), 2.93-3.19 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.82 (m, 1H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 449.3; HPLC purity = 98.98%.
EXAMPLE 187: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 W-indolyl)pentanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (187): Synthesis of Compound (187): Compound (187) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.31 (brs 1H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.97-7.01 (m, 3H), 3.65-3.87 (m, 2H), .53 (m, 1H), 2.44- 2.73 (m, 4H0, 1.23-1.85 (m, 13H), 0.81-0.86 (t, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 417.2; HPLC purity = 90.53%.
EXAMPLE 188: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1H-indolyl)phenylpropanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (188): Synthesis of Compound (188): Compound (188) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.26 (br s, 1H), 11.18 (br s, 1H), .35 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.27 (m, 6H), 6.93-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.58-6.64 (m, 1H), 4.79-4.86 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.41 (m, 1H), 3.93-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.79 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.75 (m, 1H), 1.25-1 .89 (m, 1 1 H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity = 94.73%.
EXAMPLE 189: {1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinolin yljacetic acid (189): Synthesis of Compound (189): Compound (189) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.99 (br s, 1H), 7.09-7.12 (d, 1H), 6.97-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.66-6.68 (d, 1H), 4.45-4.53 (m, 0.5H), 4.10- 4.15 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.64 (m, 1H), .07 (m, 0.5H), .83 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.50 (m, 4H), 1.40-1.96 (m, 12H), .38 (d, 3H), 0.89-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.85 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 423.2; HPLC purity =95.52% .
EXAMPLE 190: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (190): Synthetic -56 Synthesis of ethyl 3-(4-bromo-1 H-indolyl)butanoate (intermediate-94): lntemediate-94 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-2 (Scheme-1).
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(4-cyclopropyl - H-indolyl)butanoate (intermediate-95): A 250mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with lntermedieate-94 (15.95g, 51.47mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (8.8g,102.9 mmol), cesium carbonate (33.45g, 102.9mmol), in a miture of dioxane and water (100 ml_: 20 ML). Then purged with N2 gas and added PdCI2(dppf) (4.2g, 5.1 mmol). Resulting solution was stirred at 100 °C for 13 h. After completion of the reaction ion monitored by TLC), reaction solution was filtered through celite. Filtrate diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc and trated to give crude material, which is purified by silica gel column chromatography g with Petroleum ether (60-80) and ethyl acetate as eluent. The product (intermediate-95) was obtained as a brown liquid (12.5g).
Synthesis of 3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoic acid (intermediate-96): diate-96 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make ediate-3 (Scheme-1).
Synthetic Scheme-57 Synthesis of methyl quinolinecarboxylate (intermediate-97): A 500mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with Starting Material-32 (60g, 435mmol), Starting material-33 (168g, ol), obenzoic acid (30g, 179mmol) in 90mL of conc.H S04. Then reaction mixture was heated at 150 °C for 7 h. After reaction cooled to RT and added MeOH (600 mL) and refluxed for 12 hours. Then cooled to 0 C quenched with ice and concentrated. Crude reaction mixture was ed with NaHC0 3, extracted with DCM and concentrated. Resulted crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with Petroleum ether (60-80), ethyl acetate and 0.5% of triethylamine as eluent. The product (intermediate-97) was obtained as a brown liquid (21g).
Synthesis of quinolinecarboxylic acid (intermediate-98): To a stirred solution of Intermediate-97 (21 g, 112mmol) in a mixture of THF: MeOH (25 mL: 200 mL) was added LiOH (10.75g, 448mmol) in water (25 mL) at 0 °C . ed reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After reaction ored by TLC), it was concentrated and acidified (PH= 5) with 1N. HCI. Reslted precipitate was filtered and dried to give product Intermediate-98 (19g).
Synthesis of droquinolinecarboxylic acid (intermediate-99): lntemediate-99 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-18 (Scheme-13).
Synthesis of methyl decahydroquinolinecarboxylate (intermediate-100): A 250mL RB flask fitted with magnetic stirrer was charged with Intermediate-99 (5.4g, 29.5mmol) in 50 mL MeOH. To this thionylchloride (10 mL) was slowly added at 0 . ed reaction e was stirred at room ature for 12 hours. After reaction (Monitered by LC-MS), it was trated followed by azetroped with with tolune to give product ediate-100 as white solid (4.4 g).
Synthesis of Compound (190): Compound (190) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 5 1). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.94 (br s, 1H), 7.10-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.69 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.70 (m, 0.5H), 4.44- 4.48 ( , 0.5H), 4.14-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.63 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.55 (m, 3H), 2.12-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.44-1 .77 (m, 8H), 1.35-1 .37 (d, 3H), 1.30-1.35 (m, 2H), 0.91-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.80 (m, 2H).. LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 97.56%.
EXAMPLE 191 : 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1H-indolyl)butanoyI]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (191): (191) Synthesis of Compound (191): Compound (191) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.1 1 (br s, 1H), 10.80 (br s, 1H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 1H), .14 (d, 1H), 6.88-6.93 (t, 1H), 6.55-6.58 (d, 1H), 4.05-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.73 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.39 ( , 2H), 2.25-2.28 (m, 1H), .06 (m, 11H), 1.27-1.29 (d, 3H), 0.89-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.73 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPL.C purity = 93.25%.
EXAMPLE 192: 1-{3-[4-(thiophenyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (192): (192) sis of Compound (192): Compound (192) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.30 (br s, 1H), 7.37-7.40 (d, H), 7.29-7.32 (m, H), 7.18-7.20 (d, 1H), .15 (m, 4H), 3.22- 3.46 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.93 (m, H), 2.39-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.94 (m, 11H), 0.85-0.88 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 451 . 1 ; HPLC purity = 99.67%.
EXAMPLE 193: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid 643) (193): Synthesis of Compound (193): Compound (193) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.15 (br s, 1H), 11.18 (brs, 1H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.98 (m, 2H), 4.47-4.49 (m, 0.5H), 4.29-4.33 (m, 0.5H), 3.72-3.95 (m, 2H), 2.62-3.02 (m, 4H), 1.30-1 .94 (m, 11H), 1.25-1 .27 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 403.1 ; HPLC purity = 98.12%.
E 194: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (194): Synthesis of Compound (194): Compound (194) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.95 (br s, 1H), 7.10-7.13 (d, 1H), 6.96-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.66-6.68 (d, 1H), .20 (m, 2H), 3.46- 3.49 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.48 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.98 (m, 1 1 H), 1.36-1.38 (d, 3H), 0.92-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.74-0.81 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 92.83%.
EXAMPLE 195: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (peak-1) (19 (195) Synthesis of 3-(4-cyclopropyl-1H-indolyl)butanoic acid (intermediate-101, Peak-1): lntemediate-101, peak-1 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-90, peak-1 (Scheme-54). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.01 (br s, 1H), .83 (br s, 1H), 7.12-7.15 (m, 2H)m 6.89-6.94 (t, 1H), 6.58-6.61 (d, 1H), 3.99-4.03 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.78 (dd, 1H), 2.34-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.32 (d, 3H), 0.92-0.94 (m, 2H), .74 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 244.1 ; HPLC purity = 96.90%; Chiral RT = 7.91 min [chiral pak IA, mobile phase hexane:i-PrOH: DCM (8.5:1.0:0.5)]; [a] D23 = +10.62° (c 0.032, MeOH).
Synthesis of methyl 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylate (intermediate-102, Peak-1 ): lntemediate-102, peak-1 was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound-1 (Scheme-2).
Synthesis of nd (195): Compound (195) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.04 (br s, 1H), 7.08-7.1 1 (d, 1H), 6.95-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 4.44-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.16 (br s, 1H), 3.39-3.59 (m, H), 2.66-2.93 (m, 2H), .51 (m, 3H), 1.38-1 .85 (m, 1 ), 132 (d, 3H), 0.91-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.72 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 96.52%.
EXAMPLE 196: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (196): (196) Synthetic Scheme-59 (peak-2) (peak-2) Synthesis of 3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoic acid (intermediate-103, Peak-2): lntemediate-103, peak-2 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-90, peak-1 (Scheme-54). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.01 (br s, 1H), .83 (br s, 1H), 7.12-7.15 (m, 2H)m 6.89-6.94 (t, 1H), 6.58-6.61 (d, 1H), 3.99-4.03 (m, H), 2.71-2.78 (dd, 1H), 2.34-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.32 (d, 3H), 0.92-0.94 (m, 2H), .74 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 244.1 ; HPLC purity = 89.91%; Chiral RT = 9.15 min [chiral pak IA, mobile phase hexane:i-PrOH: DCM .0:0.5)]; [ ]D23 = -6.04° (c 0.033, MeOH) Synthesis of methyl 4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylate mediate-104, Peak-2): lntemediate-104, peak-2 was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound-1 (Scheme-2). sis of Compound (196): Compound (196) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.08 (br s, 1H), 7.08-7.10 (d, 1H), 6.94-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.67 (m, H), 4.44-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.15 (br s, 1H), 3.38-3.64 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.54 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.78 (m, 1 1 H), 1.40- 1.43 (d, 3H), 0.90-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.74-0.77 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 96.1 1%.
EXAMPLE 197: -cyano-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (197): (197) Synthesis of Compound (197): Compound (197) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.13 (br s, 1H), 11.48 (br s, 1H), 7.67-7.70 (d, 1H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.22 (t, 1H), 4.45-4.49 (m, 0.5H), 4.25-4.30 (0.5 H), 3.74-3.85 ( , 3H), 2.91-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.86 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.98 (m, 14H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 394.2; HPLC purity = 99.0%.
EXAMPLE 198: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (HS_A_648, (198) Synthesis of nd (198): e of isomers 195 was separated by using chiral column chromatography to give Compound 198. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : 57.92 (br s, 1H), 7.1 0-7.1 3 (d, 1H), 6.97-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.67-6.69 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.72 (m, 0.5H), 4.45-4.48 (m, 0.5H), 4.1 6-4.1 8 (m, 1H), 3.00-3.62 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.1 3- 2.24 (m, 1H), 1.37-1 .92 ( , 11H), 1.33-1 .35 (d, 3H), 0.92-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.88 (M, 2H).
LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 99.39%; Chiral RT = 12.44 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA:DCM (8:1 :1 )].
EXAMPLE 199: -[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline ylic acid (peak-1 b) (1 99): Synthesis of Compound (199): Mixture of isomers 195 was ted by using chiral column chromatography to give nd 199. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.1 1 (br s, 1H), 10.80 (br s, 1H), 7.1 2-7.1 8 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.93 (t, 1H), 6.55-6.58 (d, 1H), 4.49-4.52 (m, 0.5H), 4.31 -4.35 (m, 0.5H), 3.91 -4.04 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.74 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.67- 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.39 (m, 1H), 1.47-2.00 (M, 11H), 1.27-1 .30 (d, 3H), 0.85-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.68-0.74 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 99.31 % ; Chiral RT = 14.93 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA:DCM (8:1 : 1 )]. [o ]D24 = + 111.84 ° (c 0.001 , MeOH).
E 200: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (peak-1c) (200): (200) Synthesis of Compound (200): Mixture of isomers 195 was separated by using chiral column chromatography to give Compound 200. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.23 (br s, 1H), 10.80 (br s, 1H), 7.1 1-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.93 (t, 1H), 6.55-6.57 (d, 1H), .56 (m, 0.5H), 4.30-4.34 (m, 0.5H), .06 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.73 (m, 1H), 2.92-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.66- 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.35-1 .98 (m, 11H), 1.28-1 .31 (d, 3H), 0.87-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.74 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 94.22%; Chiral RT = 14.61 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA:DCM (8:1 : )].
EXAMPLE 201 : 1-{3-[4-(propanyloxy)-1H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (201 ) : Synthesis of Compound (201): Compound (201) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.0 (br s, 1H), 10.67 (br s, 1H), 6.83-6.92 (m, 3H), 6.40-6.43 (d, 1H), 4.69-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.55 (m, 0.5H), 4.06-4.09 (m, 0.5H), 3.58-3.75 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.45-1 .98 (m, 11H), 1.27-1 .31 (m, 9H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 427.2; HPLC purity = 95.46%.
EXAMPLE 202: 1-{3-[4-(octahydroquinolin-1 l)oxobutanyl]-1 W-indol yl}piperidinecarboxylic acid (202): lntermediate-1 08 Compound (202) Synthesis of lntermediate-1 05: Intermediate- " 05 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (1 ) (Scheme2).
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 06: To a stirred solution of lntermeidate-1 05 (0.35 g , 1.09 mmol) in dry THF (4 mL), NaH (0.052 g, 2.1 mmol) was added at °C and stirred for 10 minutes. To the stirred solution tosyl chloride (0.27 g, 1.4 mmol) was added and stirred for 30 s at room temperature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction e was quenched with H20 , extracted with EtOAc to give crude material which was ed by using Silica-gel column chromatography eluting with mixture of hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-1 06 ( 260 mg).
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 07: To a stirred solution of ediate-1 06 (0.26 g, 0.46 mmol) in dioxane(4 mL), methyl isonipecotate (0.1 0 mL, 0.69 mmol) and cesium carbonate (0.46 g, 1.39 mmol) were added. The resulted reaction mixture was purged with argon gas and Pd2(dba)3 (0.085 g, 0.009 mmol), BINAP (0.01 5g, 0.023 mmol) were added, then heated at 90 ° for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was ed through celite and concentrated to give crude material which was purified by using Silica-gel column chromatography eluting with mixture of hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-107 (150 mg). sis of lntermediate-108: To a stirred solution of magnesium (0.3 g , 12.3 mmol) in MeOH (18 mL), lntermediate-107 (0.15 g, 0.29 mol) and ammonium chloride (0.12 g, 2.1 mmol) were added, and stirred for 2 hours at room ature. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4CI solution, extracted with EtOAc and concentrated to give crude al which was purified by using Silica-gel column tography eluting with mixture of hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-108 (50 mg).
Synthesis of nd (202): To a stirred solution of lntermediate-108 (0.05 g, 0.10 mmol) in THF: MeOH (2ml_, 1:1), aqueous NaOH (0.021 g, 0.53 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude product, which was taken in H20 , acidified with 10% aqueous KHS0 (PH=5), extracted with EtOAc, concentrated, and purified by using Silica-gel column chromatography g with mixture of hexanes: EtOAc to give Compound-202 (10 mg) as brown solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.95 (br s, 1H), 7.03-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.72-6.75 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.61 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.84 (m, 0.5H), 3.58-3.60 (m, 0.5H), 3.29- 3.31 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.48 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.94 (m, 20H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 452.2; HPLC purity = 96.62%.
EXAMPLE 203: 1-[3-(4-chloromethyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (203): Synthesis of Compound (203): nd (203) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 11.10 (br s, 1H), 7.18-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.97-7.00 (d, 1H), .55 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.34 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.79 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.30-1 .90 (m, 14H).
LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 417.1 ; HPLC purity = 99.1 1%.
EXAMPLE 204: -[3-(4-cyclopropyI-1 l-1 W-indo!yl)butanoy I] decahydroquinolinecarb (204) Synthetic Scheme-61 (195) (204) Synthesis of Compound (204): Compound (204) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.10- 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.91 (d, 1H), 6.72-6.75 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.82 (m, 0.5H), 4.54-4.58 (m, 0.5H), 4.23-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.70 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.90 (m, 14H0, 0.98-1 .01 (m, 2H0, 0.83-0.86 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 423.2; HPLC purity = .
EXAMPLE 205: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 oIo[2,3-d]pyridinyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarb Synthesis of Compound (205): Compound (205) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 1 1 .01 (br s, 1H), .00 (m, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.46-6.59 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.38- 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.98-4.06 ( , 2H), 3.44-3.47 (0.5H), 3.15-3.19 (m, 0.5H), 2.84-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.54 (m, 2H), 1.55-1 .85 (m, 6H), 1.45-1.47 (d, 3H), 1.30-1.40 (m, 5H), 0.94-0.97 (m, 2H0, 0.78-0.83 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 410.2; HPLC purity = 98.14%.
EXAMPLE 206: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 H-indolyl)(thiophenyl)propanoyl] droquinolinecarb (206) Synthesis of nd (206): Compound (206) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.13 (br s, H), 1 1 .31 (br s, 1H), 7.40-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.33 (d, 1H), .22 ( , 1H), 7.00-7.05 (t, 1H), 6.93-6.96 (d, 1H), 6.78-6.87 (m, 2H), 5.54-5.56 (m, 1H), 4.43-4.45 (m, 0.5H), 4.19-4.26 (m, 0.5H), 4.01-4.03 (M, 1H), 3.78-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.1 1 (m, 2H), 2.40- 2.45 (m, 1H), 1.31 -1 .88 (m, 11H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 471 .1 ; HPLC purity = 97.94%.
EXAMPLE 207: 1-[3-(1,4-dimethyl-1W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (207): (207) Synthesis of Compound (207): Compound (207) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.05- 7.12 (m, 2H), 6.80-6.89 (m, 2H), 4.73-4.77 (m, 0.5H), 4.52-4.56 (m, 0.5H), 3.91-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.63 (m, 1H), 2.86-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.41-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.24 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.90 (m, 11H), 1,39-1 .41 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 397.2; HPLC purity = 98.36%.
EXAMPLE 208: 1-{3-[1-methyl(propanyloxy)-1 tt-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarb (208) Synthesis of Compound (208): Compound (208) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) e 26). 1H NMR (300 MHz, 6 : d 12.01 (br s, 1H), 6.84-7.02 (m, 3H), 6.46-6.48 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.72 (m, 1H), .50 (m, 0.5H), 4.30-4.33 (m, 0.5H), 3.70-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.51-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.66-3.05 (m, 3H), 2.23-2.39 ( , 1H), 1.45-1.98 ( , 11H), 1.30-1.42 (m, 9H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 441 .2; HPLC purity = 99.01%.
EXAMPLE 209: 1-[3-(4-chloromethyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (209): (209) Synthesis of Compound (209): Compound (209) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) e 26). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.09- 7.11 (m, 1H), 6.97-7.05 (m, 2H), .91 (m, 1H), 4.664.68 (m, 0.5H), 4.47-4.49 (m, 0.5H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.69-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.24 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.90 (m, 11HO, 1.33-1 .35 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 4 17.1 ; HPLC purity = 98.82%.
EXAMPLE 210: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropylethyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline- -carboxylic acid (210): (210) Synthesis of Compound (210): Compound (210) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (27) (Scheme 26). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 6.98- 7.09 (m, 2H0, 6.87-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.66 (d, 1H), 4.68-4.70 (m, 0.5H), 4.48-4.51 (m, 0.5H), 4.14-4.16 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.07 (q, 2H), 3.57-3.65 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.40-1 .97 (m, 11H), 1.34-1.36 (d, 3H), 0.88-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.81 (m, 5H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 437.2; HPLC purity = 98.31%.
EXAMPLE 2 : 1-{3-[4-(propanyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline ylic acid (211): (211) Synthesis of Compound (211): nd (211) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.99 (br s, 1H), 7.15-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.01-7.05 (m, 2H), 4.74-4.77 (m, 0.5H0, .56 (m, 0.5H0, 3.85-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.6266 (m, 2H), 2.44-3.04 (m, 3H), .23 (m, 1H), 1.46-1 .95 (m, 11H), 1.41 -1 .43 (d, 3H), 1.34-1 .36 (d, 6H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 4 11.2; HPLC purity = 93.44%.
EXAMPLE 2 12: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropylmethyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarb Synthesis of Compound (212): Mixture of isomers of Compound (204) was ted by using chiral column chromatography to give compound 212. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.03-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.81 (s, H), 6.65-6.68 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.23 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.36-3.40 (m, 1H), .03 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1H), 1.45-1 .95 (m, 11H), 1.33-1 .36 (d, 3H), 0.92-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.79 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 423.2; HPLC purity = 99.14%; Chiral RT = 19.99 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA:DCM (8.5:0.5:1 .0)].
EXAMPLE 213: 4-cyclopropylmethyl-1H-indolyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarb (213) Synthesis of Compound (213): Mixture of isomers of Compound (204) was separated by using chiral column chromatography to give compound 213. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.03-7.05 ( , 2H), 6.82-6.85 (d, 1H), 6.65-6.68 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.70 (m, 0.5H), .49 (m, 0.5H), 4.15-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.46 (m, 1H), .95 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.43 (m, 1H), .82 (m, 11H), 1.31-1 .34 (d, 3H), 0.92-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.80 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 423.2; HPLC purity = 94.30%; Chiral RT = 27.35 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: M (8.5:0.5:1.0)].
EXAMPLE 214: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropylmethyl-1W-indolyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarb (214) Synthesis of Compound (214): Mixture of isomers of Compound (204) was separated by using chiral column chromatography to give compound 214. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.03-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.85 (d, 1H), 6.65-6.68 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.70 (m, 0.5H), 4.46-4.49 (m, 0.5H), 4.1 1-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.82 (m, 11H), 1.31-1 .34 (d, 3H), .94 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.80 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 423.2; HPLC purity = 98.00%; Chiral RT = .61 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA:DCM (8.5:0.5:1.0)].
EXAMPLE 215: 1-{3-[4-(furanyl)-1/+indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (215): (215) Synthesis of Compound (215): Compound (215) was synthesized by following the ure used to make (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, 6) : d 12.14 (br s, 1H), 11.08 (br s, 1H), 7.63-7.65 (m, 1H), .41 (d, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.1 1 (t, 1H), 6.94-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.54 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.47 (m, 0.5H), 4.24-4.28 (m, 0.5H), 3.66-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.49 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.72 (m, 1H), 31 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.25-1 .85 (m, 11H), 1.04-1 .09 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 435.2; HPLC purity = 93.62%.
EXAMPLE 216: 1-{3-t4-(furanyl)methyl-1«-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (216): (216) Synthesis of Compound (216): Compound (216) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.43-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.40-6.42 (m, 2H), 4.56-4.60 (m, 0.5H), 4.39-4.42 (m, 0.5H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.37 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.46 (m, 1H), 1.99-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.83 (m, 11H), 1.32-1 .35 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity = 97.01%.
EXAMPLE 217: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (2 ): (217) Synthesis of Compound (217): Compound (217) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (195) (Scheme 59). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 7.95 (br s, 1H), 7.10-7.12 (d, 1H), 6.99-7.01 (d, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.65-6.68 (d, 1H), 4.62-4.63 (m, 0.5H), 4.44-4.46 (m, 0.5H), 4.16-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.58 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.69- 2.71 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.24 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.75 (m, 11H), .33 (d, 3H), 0.92-0.95 (m, 2H), .81 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 409.2; HPLC purity = 96.63%.
E 218: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 H-indolyl)(thiophenyl)propanoyl] droquinolinecarb (218) Synthesis of Compound (218): Compound (218) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (195) (Scheme 58). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : d 12.14 (br s, 1H), 1 1 .31 (br s, 1H), 7.40-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.33 (d, 1H), 7.20-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.96 (m, 1H), 6.78-6.86 (m, 2H), 5.48-5.55 (m, H), 4.42-4.44 (m, 0.5H), 4.22-4.26 (m, 0.5H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 0.5H), 3.78-3.83 (m, 0.5H), 2.95-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.45- 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.92 (m, 1 1 H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 471.1 ; HPLC purity = 99.98%.
EXAMPLE 219: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 H-indolyl)(thiophenyl)propanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarb (219) sis of Compound (219): Compound (219) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (196) (Scheme 59). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) : 612.15 (br s, 1H), 11.34 (br s, 1H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.33 (d, 1H), 7.22-7.24 (m, 1H), .05 (m, 2H), .96 (d, 1H), 6.86-6.89 (m, 1H), 5.56-5.58 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.51 (m, 0.5H), 4.21-4.23 (m, 0.5H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.82 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.08- 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.80 (m, 11H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 471.1 ; HPLC purity = 91.48%.
EXAMPLE 220: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropylf luoro-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (220): (220) Synthesis of nd (220): Compound (220) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.02 (br s, 1H), 7.08-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.80-6.87 (t, 1H), .74 (m, 0.5H), 4.50-4.54 (m, 0.5H), 4.18-4.20 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.68 (m, 1H), 2.80-3.07 (m, H), 2.51-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.86 (11H), 1.39-1.42 (d, 3H), 1.06-1.08 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.92 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 427.2; HPLC purity = 99.0%.
EXAMPLE 221 : 1-{3-[4-(furanyl)-1H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (221): (221 ) Synthesis of nd (221): Compound (221) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (195) (Scheme 58). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) : d 8.20 (br s, 1H), .55 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.19 ( , 3H), 6.48-6.50 (m, 2H), 4.66- 4.69 (m, 0.5H), 4.43-4.45 (m, 0.5H), 4.1 1-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.63 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.35 (m, 2H), .80 (m, 11H), 1.28-1.31 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 435.2; HPLC purity = 98.74%.
EXAMPLE 222: 1-{3-[4-(furan yl)-1«-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (222): (222) Synthesis of Compound (222): Compound (222) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 96) (Scheme 59). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) d 8.27 (br s, 1H), 7.51-7.56 (m, 1H)m 7.38-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.48- 6.50 (d, 1H), 4.63-4.67 (m, 0.5H), 4.46-4.49 (m, 0.5H), 3.51-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.40 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.86 (m, 1 1 H), 1.36-1.38 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 435.2; HPLC purity = 99.83%.
EXAMPLE 223: 1-{3-[4-(furanyl)-1H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (223): (223) Synthesis of Compound (223): e of s of Compound (221) separated by preparative chiral chromatography to give Compound (223). H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): d 7.57-7.60 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.42 (t, 1H), 7.17 (br s, 1H), 7.05-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.52-6.53 (m, 1H), 6.46-6.47 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.31 (d, 1H), 3.50-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.02-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.28-1.80 (m, 11H), 1.21-1 .23 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 435.2; HPLC purity = 100%. Chiral RT = 19.31 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA:DCM (8.5:1 .
EXAMPLE 224: 1-{3-[4-(furanyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (224): (224) Synthesis of Compound (224): Mixture of isomers of Compound (221) ted by preparative chiral chromatography to give Compound (224). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.14 (br s, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (d, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.41-6.44 (d, 2H), 4.56-4.61 (m, 0.5H), .43 (m, 0.5H), 4.20 (4.25 (dd, 0.5H), 4.01-4.10 (m, 0.5H), 3.47- 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.34 (m, ), 2.73-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.52 (m, H), 2.28-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.48-1 .80 (m, 11H), .35-1 .37 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 435.2; HPLC purity = 96.72%. Chiral RT = 23.1 9 min [Column: Chiral Pak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA:DCM (8.5:1 :0.5)].
EXAMPLE 225: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1 H-indolyl)(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (peak-1) (225): (225) Synthesis of Compound (225): Compound (225) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (195) (Scheme 58).1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.23 (br s, 1H), 1 1 .19 (br s, 1H), 7.25-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.16 (d, 1H), 7.03-7.06 (d, 1H), 6.93-6.97 (m, 2H), 6.59-6.65 (dd, H), 4.84 (br s, H), 3.88-3.94 ( , H), 3.30-3.32 (m, 1H), .21 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.40 (m, 1H), 1.40-1 .90 (m, 11H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 467.1; HPLC purity = 95.38%.
EXAMPLE 226: 1-[3-(4-fluoro-1 lyl)(4-fluorophenyl)propanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (peak-2) (226): (226) Synthesis of Compound (226): nd (226) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (196) (Scheme 59). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.24 (br s, 1H), 1 1 .20 (br s, 1H), 7.36-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.29 (t, 2H), 7.13-7.16 (d, 1H), 7.03-7.06 (d, 1H), 6.94-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.59-6.66 (dd, 1H), 4.84 (br s, 1H), 3.88-3.90 (m, H), 3.29-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.93-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.91 (m, 11H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 467.1 ; HPLC purity = 100%.
EXAMPLE 227: 1-{3-[4-(furanyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (227): Synthesis of nd (227): Compound (227) was sized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51).1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.39 (br s, 1H), 7.51-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 3.55-3.58 (m, 1H), .42 (m, H), 2.39-2.58 (m, 3H), 2.23-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.87 ( , 11H), 1.41- 1.43 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 435.1; HPLC purity = 98.43%.
EXAMPLE 228: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (228): (228) Synthesis of Compound (228): Compound (228) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51).1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.19 (br s, H), .24 (m, H), 7.03-7.10 (m, 3H), 4.27-4.68 (m, 1H), 4. 1-4 . 7 (m, 1H), 3.68- 3.71 (m, 1H), 2.80-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.89 (m, 11H), 1.45-1 .47 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 403.3; HPLC purity = 94.02%.
EXAMPLE 229: 1-{3-[4-(furanyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (229): (229) Synthesis of Compound (229): Compound (229) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51).1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.19 (br s, 1H), 7.50-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.48-6.49 (d, 2H), 4.27-4.32 (dd, 0.5H), 4.1 1-4.17 (d, 0.5H), 3.57-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.41 (m, 1H), 2.75- 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.38 (m, 3H), 1.47-1 .87 (m, 14H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 435.2; HPLC purity = 98.67%.
EXAMPLE 230: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl] methyldecahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (230): Synthesis of Compound (230): Compound (230) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51).1H NMR (300 MHz, 6): d 12.16 (br s , 1H), 10.81 (br s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.15 (d, 1H), 6.88-6.94 (t, 1H), .58 (t, 1H), 4.58-4.62 (t, 0.5H), 4.41-4.45 (m, 0.5H), 3.99-4.1 1 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.85 (m, 1H), 2.58- 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.43 (m, 2H), 1.33-1.99 (m, 11H), 1.27-1.30 (d, 3H), 1.06-1 .08 (d, 3H), 0.90-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.65-0.72 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 423.4; HPLC purity = 98.0%.
EXAMPLE 231: 1-{3-[4-(furanyl)-1H-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (231): (231) Synthesis of nd (231): Compound (231) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) e 51).1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 12.11 (br s, 1H), 1.09 (br s, 1H), 7.61-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (d, 1H), 7.23-7.26 (d, 1H), 7.06-7.12 (t, 1H), 7.02-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.51-6.53 (m, 2H), 4.49-4.51 (m, 0.5H), 4.33-4.45 (m, 0.5H), 3.96- 3.98 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.94 (m, 1 H), 1.15-1.18 (d, 3H), 1.02-1.05 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity = 98.27%.
EXAMPLE 232: 2-methyl-1 -{3-[4-(thiophenyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarb (232) Synthesis of Compound (232): Compound (232) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make Compound (195) (Scheme 58).1 H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.23 (br s, 1H), 7.317.41 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.22 (m, 5H), 4.62-4.64 (m, 0.5H), 4.47-4.51 (m, 0.5H), 3.71-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.54 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.25-1 .75 (m, 11H), 1.14-1 .16 (d, 3H), 1.09-1 .1 1 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 465.4; HPLC purity = 96.26%.
EXAMPLE 233: 2-methyl{3-[4-(thiophenyI)-1H-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinoiinecarb (233) Synthesis of Compound (233): nd (233) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (196) (Scheme 59). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.47 (br s, 1H), 7.21-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.11 (m, 5H), 4.56-4.57 (m, 0.5H), 4.41-4.43 (m, 0.5H), 3.63-3.68 (m, 1H), .44 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.02-2.10 ( , 1H), .34-1 .68 (m, 11H), 1.00-1 .03 (d, 3H), 0.98-1 .00 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 465.4; HPLC purity = 97.31%.
EXAMPLE 234: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]methyldecahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (234): (234) Synthesis of Compound (234): Compound (234) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.14 (br s, 1H), 1 1 .20 (br s, H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 2H), 6.96-7.02 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.60 (m, 0.5H), 4.41 -4.43 (m, rj.5H), 3.99-4.01 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.92-1 .97 (m, 1H), .30-1 .72 (m, 11H), 1.15-1.17 (d, 3H), 1.07-1 .09 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 4 17.1 ; HPLC purity = 97.1 1%.
EXAMPLE 235: 1-[3-(4-chloro-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]octahydroquinolin-4(1 H)-one (235): (235) sis of Compound (235): nd (235) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (26) (Scheme 25).1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.18 (br s, 1H), 7.16-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.03 (d, 2H), 4.91-4.95 (m, 0.5H), 4.62- 4.68 (m, 0.5H), 4.08-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.46 (m, 0.5H), 2.83-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.1 1-2.23 (m, 3H), 1.53-1.70 (m, 8H), .48 (d, 3H), 1.41-1 .43 (d, 3H).
LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 373.3; HPLC purity = 97.62%.
EXAMPLE 236: 1-{3-[4-(5-methylfuranyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline- -carboxylic acid (236): (236) Synthesis of Compound (236): Compound (236) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.19 (br s, 1H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.05-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.29-6.33 (m, 1H), 5.98-6.00 (m, 1H), 4.58- 4.60 (m, 0.5H), 4.37-4.42 (m, 0.5H), 3.49-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.28-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.97-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.24-1 .80 (m, 11H), 1.1 8-1 .20 (d, 3H). LC- MS: (M+H)+ = 449.2; HPLC purity = 98.32%.
EXAMPLE 237: 1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1H-indolyl)butanoyl] methyldecahydroquinolinec (237) Synthesis of Compound (237): Compound (237) was sized by following the procedure used to make nd (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.20 (br s, 1H), 10.79 (br s , 1H), 7.1 2-7.1 5 (d, 2H), 6.88-6.92 (t, 1H), 6.55-6.58 (d, 1H), 4.01 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.87 (m, 1H), 2.90-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.41 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.98 (m, 10H), 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.24-1.26 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 423.2; HPLC purity = 9 1.85%.
EXAMPLE 238: 1-{3-[4-(pyridinyl)-1W-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (238): sis of Compound (238): nd (238) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.15 (br s, 1H), 11.06 (br s, H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 7.82-7.87 (t, H), 7.51-7.53 (d, 1H), 7.41- 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.15 (t, 1H), 6.90-6.92 (d, 1H), .40 (m, 0.5H), 4.16-4.20 (m, 0.5H), .69 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.14 (m, H), 2.69-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.30- 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.45-2.00 (m, 11H), 1.33-1 .37 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 446.2; HPLC purity = 96.69%.
EXAMPLE 239: 1-{3-[4-(3-methyl-1 ,2-oxazolyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarboxylic (239) Synthesis of Compound (239): Compound (239) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.28 (br s, 1H), 7.48-7.51 (d, 1H), 7.13-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 4.46-4.50 (m, 0.5H), .25 (dd, 1H), 4.04-4.08 (dd, H), .86 (m, 0.5H), 3.39-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.52- 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.30 (m, 1H), 2,12-2.17 (m, 1H), 1.35-1 .90 (m, 14H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 450.2; HPLC purity = 99.79%.
EXAMPLE 240: 3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 H-indolyl)-1 -[5-(1 W-tetrazolyl)octahydroquinolin- 1(2H)-yl]butanone (240): Synthetic Scheme-62 ediate- 109 sis of Compound (240): To a stirred solution of lntermediate-109 (30mg, 0.077 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), NaN3 (25 mg, 0.38 mmol) and ammonium chloride (15 mg, 0.22 mmol) were added. Resulted reaction mixture was heated at 110 °C for 48 hours. After completion of the on (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was quenched with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layer was concentrated to obtain a crude product. The resulted crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to give Compound (240) (2.5 mg) as brown gummy material. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.08-7.1 1 (m, 1H), 6.97-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.63-6.70 (m, 1H), 5.20-5.27 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.24 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.58 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.45-1 .90 (m, 1 1 H), 1.37- 1.40 (d, 3H), 0.70-0.90 (m, 4H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 431 .3; HPLC purity = 9 1.69%.
EXAMPLE 241 : 1-[3-(4-cyclopropylmethoxy-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarb Synthesis of nd (241): Compound (241) was synthesized by ing the ure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.02-7.07 (m, 2H), 6.65-6.68 (d, 1H), 4.20-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.65 (m, 1H), .82 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.24 (m, 1H), 0.7-1.90 (m, 18H). LC-MS: (M+H)+ = 439.3; HPLC purity = 92.8%.
EXAMPLE 242: 1-{3-[4-cyclopropyl(methoxymethyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarbo Synthesis of Compound (242): Compound (242) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 7.23 (s, 1H), .07 (t, 1H), 6.94-6.97 (d, 1H), 6.70-6.72 (d, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 4.62-4.69 (m, 0.5H), 4.49-4.52 (m, 0.5H), 4.17-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.75-2.81 (m, 1H), .43 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.39-1 .80 (m, 11H), 1.32-1 .35 (d, 3H), 0.94-0.96 (m, 2H), 0.73-0.77 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 451.2; HPLC purity = 92.13%.
EXAMPLE 243: 1-{3-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinoIine carboxylic acid (243): (243) Synthesis of Compound (243): nd (243) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.25 (br s, 1H), 7.36-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.22 (t, 1H), 7.06-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.93 (d, 1H), 4.55- 4.59 (m, 0.5H), 4.36-4.39 (m, 0.5H), 3.45-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.40 (dd, 1H), 2.07-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.36- .96 (m, 10H), 1.13-1.15 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 463.3; HPLC purity = 98.0%.
EXAMPLE 244: 1-{3-[4-(1 -methy 1-1 «-pyrrolyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl} droquinolinecarb (244) Synthesis of Compound (244): nd (244) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 448.4; HPLC purity = 84.68%.
EXAMPLE 245: 1-{3-[4-(5-fluorofuranyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquino!ine- -carboxylic acid (245): (245) Synthesis of Intermediate-110: To a stirred solution of Starting Material-34 ( 1 .0 g, 5.26 mmol) in water (5 mL) sodium bicarbonate (1.06 g, 12.6 mmol) was added at room temperature and stirred for 30 min. To this n-hexane (5 mL) followed by selectfluor (2.23 g, 6.31 mmol) was added at 10 °C and stirred for 2 hours at same ature. After reaction hexane layer was separated and dried over anhydrous MgS0 4 to give crude intermediate-1 10 hexane solution, which was taken for next step without any purification.
Synthesis of ediate-1 1 : To a stirred solution of Intermediate-110 hexanes solution (0.863 g, 5.26 mmol) in ether (5 mL) was added 2.5 M n-BuLi (2.52 mL, 6.31 mmol) at -78°C and d for 20 minutes. To this tributyltin chloride ( 1 .56 mL, 5.78 mmol) was added and stirred for 10 min at -78 °C, then rt for 12 h. After on quenched with aqueous 1N NaOH solution and extracted with EtOAc and concentrated to give crude material ediate-1 11 (0.95 g) as brown liquid.
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 12: To a stirred on of lntermediate-1 10 (0.050 g, 0.16 mmol), and lntermediate-1 1 1 (0.060 g, 0.16 mmol) in toluene purged with argon gas for 15 minutes, then added PdCI2 (Dppf) catalyst (0.013 g , 0.016 mmol). Then reaction was carried out under micro wave for 30 min at 130^. After reaction quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc and concentrated to give crude material, which was further purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with hexanes: EtOAc to give 0.035 g of lntermediate-1 12 as brown liquid).
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 13: lntermediate-1 13 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-3 (Scheme 1).
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 14: lntermediate-1 14 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound-1 (Scheme 2).
Synthesis of Compound (245): nd (245) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.24 (br s, 1H), 7.40-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.37-6.39 (m, 1H), 5.51-5.54 (m, 1H), 4.66- 4.70 (m, 0.5H), 4.48-4.52 ( , 0.5H), 3.60-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.99 (m, 1H), .76 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.41-1 .86 (m, 10H), 1.31-1 .34 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 453.2; HPLC purity = 97.87%.
EXAMPLE 246: 5-{3-[4-(octahydroquinolin-1 l)oxobutanyl]-1 W-indol yl}furancarboxylic acid (246) (246) Synthesis of lntermediate-116: To a stirred solution of lntermediate-115 (0.2 g, 0.49 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL), bis(pinacolato)diboron , 0.99 mmol), and KOAc (0.145 g, 1.48 mmol) were added, and then the reaction solution was purged with argon gas. To the reaction mixture PdCI2(dppf) (0.040 g, 0.049 mmol) was added and heated at 100 for 12 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with H20 , extracted wit EtOAc and concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified using Silicagel column chromatography eluting with mixture of hexanes: EtOAc to give lntermediate-1 6 (100 mg) as brown gummy material. sis of Compound (246): To a stirred solution of ediate-1 16 (0.1 g, 0.22 mmol) in dioxane: H20 (5 mL, 8:2), 2-bromofuroic acid (0.084 g, 0.44 mmol) and Cs2C0 3 (0.28 g, 0.88 mmol) were added, and then reaction solution was purged with argon gas. To the reaction mixture PdCI2(dppf) (0.018 g, 0.022 mmol) was added and heated at 100 °C for 12 hours. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with H20 , extracted with EtOAc and concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified using Silicagel column tography g with mixture of hexanes: EtOAc to give Compound-246 (12 mg) as white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.59 (br s, 1H), 7.42-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.25 (m, 3H), 6.62-6.64 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.56 (m, 0.5H), 4.42-4.47 (m, 0.5H), 3.61-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.84 (m, H), 2.61-2.63 (m, H), .31 (m, 1H), 1.47-1.87 (m, 13H), 1.41-1 .44 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 435.3; HPLC purity = 99.33%.
EXAMPLE 247: W-({1-[3-(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinolin yl}carbonyl)glycine (247): (247) Synthesis of Compound (247): nd (247) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.30 (brs, 1H), 10.79 (br s, 1H), 8.02-8.04 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.93 (t, 1H), 6.55-6.59 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.52 (m, 0.5H), 4.31-4.33 (m, 0.5H), 4.02-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.35 (m, 2H), 1.90-1 .95 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.75 (m, 10H), 1.31-1.34 (d, 3H), 0.84-0.88 (m, 2H), .76 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 466.4; HPLC purity = 94.3%.
EXAMPLE 248: 4-(5-fluorofuranyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline- -carboxylic acid (248): (248) Synthetic -65 seperation Reverse phase ediate-1 1 sis of lntermediate-1 17: To a stirred solution of lntermediate-1 00 ( 14.5 g, 62.0 mmol) in DCM (250 mL), 50 mL of TEA (31 .39 g, 3 10 mmol) was added followed by benzyl chloroformate (15.87 g, 93.1 mmol) at °C. Then it was d at room temperature for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were concentrated to give crude material, which was further purified by using silica gel column chromatography eluting with s: EtOAc to give 20 g of Intermediate- 117 as pate brown liquid.
Separation of lntermediate-1 18: Mixture of isomers of Intermediate 117 (20 g) was separated by using Preparative Reverse HPLC to give 6.4 g of lntermediate-1 8 : HPLC: [Column: Phenomenex Luna C- 8, Mobile phase: 0.1 % Formic acid in H20 and MeCN ( 1 :1 ) , RT = 15.40 min].
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 2 : A stirred solution of lntermediate-1 18 (6.4 g, 19.33mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) was purged with N2 gas, and then 10%Pd-C (1 .2 g, 10% w/w) was added. The ed reaction mixuture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through the celite and concentrated to give lntermediate-1 2 1 (3.79 g) as white solid.
Synthetic -66 lntermediate-122, Peak-1 lntermediate-123, peak-1 (248) Synthesis of lntermediate-122, Peak-1: lntermediate-122, peak-1 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make ediate-90 (Peak-1) (Scheme 54).
Synthesis of Intermediate-1 23, Peak-1 : lntermediate-123, peak-1 was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make lntermediate-91 (Peak-1) (Scheme 54).
Synthesis of Compound (248): Compound (248) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): d 7.33-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.14 (d, 1H), .05 (t, 1H), 6.94-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.33 (m, 1H), .53-5.56 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.55 (m, 0.5H), 4.23-4.28 (m, 0.5H), 3.43-3.57 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.92 (m, 1H), .73 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.36 (m, 1H), 1.97-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.49-1 .78 (m, 10H), 1.37-1 .40 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 453.3; HPLC purity = 93.80%.
EXAMPLE 249: 1-{3-[4-(5-fluorofuranyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline- -carboxylic acid (249): (249) Synthetic Scheme-67 Intermediate-125, peak-2 (249) lntermediate-124, Peak-2 Synthesis of lntermediate-124, Peak-2: lntermediate-124, peak-2 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-92 (Peak-2) (Scheme 55). sis of Intermediate-125, Peak-2: Intermediate-125, peak-2 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-93 (Peak-2) (Scheme 55).
Synthesis of Compound (249): Compound (249) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.24 (br s, H), 7.40-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.35-6.38 (m, 1H), .54 (m, 1H), 4.66- 4.70 (m, 0.5H), 4.48-4.52 (0.5H), 3.60-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.73 (m, 2H), .39 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.28 (m, 1H), 1.48-1 .87 (m, 10H), .43 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 453.3; HPLC purity = 98.07%.
EXAMPLE 250: 1-{3-[4-(5-fluorofuranyl)-1 W-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline- -carboxylic acid (250): (250) Synthesis of Compound (250): Mixture of s of Compound (248) separated by using chiral column chromatography to give Compound (250). H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): d 7.39- 7.45 (t, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.01-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.39-6.41 (m, 1H), 5.60-5.66 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.57 (d, 0.5H), 4.30-4.34 (d, 0.5H), 3.50-3.59 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.52- 2.60 (m, 2H), .21 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.73 (m, 10H), 1.37-1 .40 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 453.3; HPLC purity = 98.29%; chiral =94.75% [column: Chiralpak IC,; mobile phase: hexane: IPA: DCM (8.5:1.0:0.5); RT = 10.88 min].
E 251 : 4-(5-fluorofuranyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline- -carboxylic acid (251 ): (251) Synthesis of Compound (251): Mixture of isomers of Compound (248) separated by using chiral column chromatography to give Compound (251). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d8.32 (br s, 1H), 7.32-7.35 (d, 1H), 7.05-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.29-6.32 (m, 1H), 5.43-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.58- 4.62 (m, 0.5H), 4.39-4.44 (m, 0.5H), 3.52-3.56 ( , 2H), 2.83-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.70 m, 1H), 2.46-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.34 (m, 1H), .18 (m, 1H), 1.45-1 .79 (m, 10H), 1.37-1 .40 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 453.4; HPLC purity = 96.81%. chiral purity=99.52% [column: Chiralpak IC,; mobile phase: hexane: IPA: DCM (8.5:1.0:0.5); RT = 13.71 min].
EXAMPLE 252: 1-[3-(2-cyanocyclopropyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl] droquinolinecarb (252) Synthesis of Compound (252): Compound (252) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.75 (br s, 1H), 7.13-7.22 (m, 2H), 6.90-6.92 (d, 1H), 4.76-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.67-4.71 (m, 0.5H), 4.40- 4.53 (m, 0.5H), 3.78-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.22 (2.36 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.1 8 (m, 1H), 1.52-1 .85 (m, 10H), 1.46-1 .49 (d, 3H), 1.01 -1 .04 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.87 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 434.3; HPLC purity = 97.78%.
EXAMPLE 253: 1-{3-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (253): (253) Synthesis of Compound (253): Compound (253) was synthesized by ing the procedure used to make nd ( 1 59, peak-1 ) (Scheme 53-54). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.27 (br s, 1H), 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.39 (d, 1H), 7.1 4-7.20 (t, 1H), 7.08-7.1 4 (m, 3H), .97 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.59 (m, 0.5H), .39 (m, 0.5H), 3.06-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.73- 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.59-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.41 -2.48 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.1 5 (m, H), 1.39-1 .93 (m, 10H), 1.13-1 .15 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 463.3; HPLC purity = 95.23%, EXAMPLE 254: 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (254): (254) Synthesis of Compound (254): Compound (254) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound ( 160, peak-2) (Scheme 53 and 55). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.30 (br s, 1H), 7.42-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.39 (d, 1H), 7.17-7.22 (t, 1H), 7.07-7. 14 (m, 3H), 6.90-6.97 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.59 (m, 0.5H), 4.37-4.39 (m, 0.5H), 3.11-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.1 3-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.39-1 .90 (m, 10H), 1.13-1 .1 5 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 463.3; HPLC purity = 96.95%.
EXAMPLE 255: 1-{3-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (255): (255) sis of Compound (255): Mixture of isomers of (253) separated by using chiral column chromatography to give Compound (255). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.21 (br s, 1H), 7.34-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.32 (d, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (d, 1H), 7.00-7.06 (m, 3H), 6.81-6.90 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.52 (m, 0.5H), 4.28-4.32 (m, 0.5H), 3.24-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.33- 2.67 (m, 3H), 1.85-1 .90 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.74 (m, 10H), 1.05-1 .08 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 463.4; HPLC purity = 99.7%; chiral purity = 90.74% [column: Chiralpak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA: DCM (8.5:1.0:0.5); RT = 16.87 min].
EXAMPLE 256: 1-{3-[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1 lyI]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (256): (256) Synthesis of Compound (256): Mixture of isomers of (253) separated by using chiral column tography to give Compound (256). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.15 (br s, 1H), 1 1 .04 (br s, 1H), 7.34-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.16-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.06-7.11 (t, 1H), 6.73-6.75 (d, 1H), 4.36-4.40 (m, 0.5H), 4.17-4.21 (m, 0.5H), 3.70-3.74 (m, 1H), .48 (m, H), 3.04- 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.19 (m, 1H), .94 (m, 10H), 1.20-1.24 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H) + = 463.3; HPLC purity = 96.51%; chiral purity=89.64% [column: Chiralpak IC; mobile phase: hexane: IPA: DCM (8.5:1 .0:0.5); RT = 12.92 min].
EXAMPLE 257: 1-{3-[4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (257): (257) Synthesis of Compound (257): Compound (257) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.22 (br s, 1H), 7.25-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.03-7.16 (m, 4H), 6.86-6.91 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.51 (m, 0.5H), 4.29- 4.34 (m, 0.5H), 3.22-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.98-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.50 (m, 2H), .23 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.75 (m, 10H), 1.09-1.11 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 463.3; HPLC purity = 94.78%.
EXAMPLE 258: 1-[3-(2-cyanocyclopropylmethyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl] decahydroquinolinecarbo (258) Synthesis of Compound (258): Compound (258) was synthesized by ing the ure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 7.16- 7.21 (t, 1H), 7.04-7.07 (d, 1H), 6.85-6.87 ( , 1H), .75 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.65 (m, .1H), 4.37- 4.45 (m, H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.84-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.27 ( , 2H), 1.47-1 .80 (m, 10H), 1.40-1.43 (d, 3H). 0.97-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.79 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 448.4; HPLC purity = 99.99%.
EXAMPLE 259: 1-{3-[4-(3-fluorophenyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl}decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (259): Synthesis of Compound (259): Compound (259) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.50 (br s, 1H), 7.27-7.30 ( , 2H), 7.07-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.87 (m, H), 4.46- 4.47 (m, 0.5H), 4.21-4.25 (m, 0.5H), 3.12-3.14 (m, 1H), .05 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.39 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.72 (m, 10H), 1.09-1.11 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 463.3; HPLC purity = 95.6%.
EXAMPLE 260: 1-{[(4-cyclopropyl-1 W-indolyl)sulfanyl] )decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (260): Synthesis of Compound (260): Compound (260) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.33 (br s, 1H), 7.26-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.07 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.62 (d, 1H), 4.57- 4.61 (m, 0.5H), 4.41-4.46 (m, 0.5H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.66 (m, 2H), .26 (m, 1H), .31 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.21 (m, 1H), 1.92-1 .94 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.74 (m, 10H), 1.00-1 .03 (m, 2H), 0.74-0.77 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 413.3; HPLC purity = 99.65%.
EXAMPLE 261 : 1-[3-(4-chlorocycIopropyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl] droquinolinecarboxylic acid (261): (261) Synthesis of Compound (261): Compound (261) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 7.36- 7.38 (m, 1H), 6.96-7.02 (m, 3H), .68 ( , 0.5H), 4.20-4.26 (m, 0.5H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.68 (m, 1H), .22 (m, 1H), 2.83-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.58 (m, 3H), 2.19-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.79 (m, 10H), 1.34-1.36 (d, 3H), 0.98-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.91-0.92 (m, 2H). LC-MS: (M- H)+ = 443.3; HPLC purity = 97.77%.
EXAMPLE 262: 1-{3-[4-(3-fluoropyridinyl)-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarb (262) Synthesis of Compound (262): Compound (262) was synthesized by following the ure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.01 (br s, 1H), 11.09 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), .81 (m, 1H), 7.47-.50 (m, 2H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.17 (t, 1H), 6.88-6.90 (d, 1H), 4.14-4.38 (m, 0.5H), 3.70-3.78 (m, 0.5H), 3.40-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.26 (m,1 H), 1.91-2.05 (m, H), 1.33-1 .70 (m, 10H), 1.13-1.17 (d, 3H).LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 464.3; HPLC purity = 95.01%.
EXAMPLE 263: 1-{3-[4-(5-fluorofuranyl)methyl-1 H-indolyl]butanoyl} decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (263): (263) Synthesis of Compound (263): Compound (263) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 5 ) . 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 7.26- 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.15 (d, 1H), 7.05-7.07 (m, 1H), 6.95 (br s, 1H), 6.28-6.30 (m, 1H), 5.45- .47 (m, 1H), 4.61-4.65 (m, 0.5H), 4.49-4.43 (m, 0.5H), 3.72 (s, 3H), .51 (m, 2H), 2.54- 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.85 (m, 10H), 1.33-1.36 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 467.4; HPLC purity = 98.0%.
E 264: 1-[3-(4-methoxy-1 lyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (264): sis of Compound (264): Compound (264) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.13 (br s, 1H), 10.76 (br s, 1H), 6.95-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.92-6.93 (d, 1H), 6.43-6.46 (d, 1H), 4.52-4.56 (m, 0.5H), 4.30-4.34 (m, 0.5H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.63 (m, 2H), 2.96-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.39 (m, 1H), 1.44-1 .90 (m, 10H), 1.37-1 .40 (d, 3H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 399.2; HPLC purity = 94.44%.
EXAMPLE 265: 1-[4,4,4-trifluorohydroxy(1 Wndolyl)butanoyl]- decahydroquinolinecarboxylic acid (265): Synthetic Scheme-68 Synthesis of lntermediate-126: To a stirred solution of Starting Material-1 (3.0 g, 25.6 mmol) in toluene (50 mL), Montmorillonite K 10 (15 g) was added and heated at 80 ° for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction (LC-MS), st was filtered h the sintered funnel, the te diluted with H20 and extracted with EtOAc and trated to give crude Intermediate 126 ( 5 g), which was taken for next step without any purification.
Synthesis of lntermediate-127: lntermediate-127 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-3 (Scheme 1).
Synthesis of lntermediate-128: lntermediate-128 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound-1 (Scheme 2).
Synthesis of Compound (265): Compound (265) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3): d 8.25 (br s, 1H), 7.70-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.39 (m, 2H), .22 (m, 1H), 7.1 1-7.16 (m, 1H), 4.54- 4.58 (m, 0.5H), 4.37-4.41 (m, 0.5H), 3.50-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.45 (d, H), 3.04-3.13 (d, H), 2.50-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.31 (m, H), 1.43-1 .90 (m, 10H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 439.2; HPLC purity = 93.26%.
EXAMPLE 266: 1-[3-(4-chloroethyl-1 H-indolyl)butanoyl]decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (266): (266) Synthesis of nd (266): Compound (266) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make nd (105) (Scheme 51). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): d 12.10 (br s, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (d, 3H), 7.33-7.36 (d, 3H), 7.05-7.10 (t, 1H), 7.01-7.02 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.48 (m, 0.5H), 4.27-4.29 (m, 0.5H), 4.13-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.98 ( , 1H), 3.70-3.72 (m, 1H), 1.14-1.20 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.45-1 .80 (m, 10H), 1.26-1 .32 ( , 6H). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 431 .3; HPLC purity = 95.81 %.
EXAMPLE 267: 4-cyclopropyl-1H-indolyl)propanoyl)decahydroquinoline carboxylic acid (267): (267) Synthetic Scheme-69 lntermediate-133 lntermediate-134 lntermediate-135 Intermediate- 136 Synthesis of Intermediate 129: To a stirred on of ng Material-35 (40 g , 206 mmol) in ether (400 ml_), oxalyl chloride (23.2 imL, 268 mmol) was added at °C, and stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered and washed with ether to get solid materilal (42 g), which was treated with MeOH (28 mL) in ether (200 ml_) at ° to room ature for 5 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with hexanes, resulted precipitate was filtered and dried to get ediate-1 29 (35 g) as yellow solid.
Synthesis of ediate-1 30: To a stirred solution of lntermediate-1 29 (35 g, 129 mmol) in MeOH (350 mL), tosyl hydrazine (23.1 g , 129 mmol) was added and refluxed for 4 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated to give crude mixture, which was diluted with H20 , extracted with DCM and trated to give Intermediate-1 30 (35 g) as pale yellow solid.
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 3 : To a stirred solution of lntermediate-1 3 1 ( 14 g, 3 1 mmol) in THF (140mL), NaBH ( 1 .8 g, 46 mmol) was added at 0 °C and continued to stir at room temperature for 6 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with H20 , extracted with DCM and concentrated. The resulted crude product was purified by using silica gel column chromatography elutive with mixture of hexanes, EtOAc to give lntermediate-1 3 1 (3 g) as pale yellow liquid.
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 32: lntermediate-1 32 was synthesized by following the ure used to make lntermediate-95 (Scheme 56).
Synthesis of lntermediate-133: lntermediate-1 33 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-72 e 47).
Synthesis of lntermediate-134: lntermediate-1 34 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-5 (Scheme 3).
Synthesis of lntermediate-1 35: ediate-1 35 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-3 (Scheme 1).
Synthesis of lntermediate-136: ediate-1 36 was synthesized by following the procedure used to make lntermediate-75 (Scheme 47).
Synthesis of nd (267): Compound (267) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (105) (Scheme 51). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 395.3; HPLC purity = 94.32%.
EXAMPLE 268: 1-(3-(4-cyclopropylmethyl-1H-indazolyl)propanoyl) decahydroquinolinecarbo (268) Synthesis of nd (268): Compound (268) was synthesized by following the procedure used to make Compound (88) (Scheme 47). LC-MS: (M-H)+ = 410.2.
Biological activity In vitro HSD11p1 inhibition assay: CHO cells were maintained in co's modified Eagle's medium/nutrient mixture F- 12 containing 5% fetal bovine serum (v/v) and 2 mM glutamine. Cells were cultured at 3 °C with 5% CO2. For transient sion of human full length HSD1 1 b 1 expression vector (OriGene Technologies), cells were seeded at a density of 2 x105 cells/well in a 6-well plate.
Transfection was done using ectin8 reagent (OriGene Technologies), according to the protocol provided with the reagent. After 24hours post-transfection, cells were trypsinized and pooled together before they were re-seeding to 96-well plate at a density of 40000 cells/well. 24 hours after re-seeding, cells were incubated with 200 nM cortisone + 500uM NADPH (or along with small molecule inhibitors) overnight. The enzymatic ty or inhibition of enzyme activity was measured by estimating the sion of one to Cortisol by LC/MS-MS method. The IC50 in nM was calculated from an 8 point log scale of concentration versus inhibition.
The results of the biological testing are shown in table : Table 1Table 1 Cmpd No 11BHSD1 Cmpd No 11BHSD1 acsm l|||l|||||||||||llllllllllllllllllllllll||||||||11BHSD1' ucsm acsm m-kCJDN—L _L (O ._L (D\j 192 ***** 193 *§** 194 :- 100 195 *i*** 101 196 *i*** \l 102 197 * 103 198 **** 104 199 ***** —L O 105 200 ***** _L_.L_L_L_L_L_L_L_a. (DmeU'lvbWN‘ Iiiiiillllllllllll 107 202 * 108 203 109 204 110 205 111 206 112 207 113 208 114 209 NNNNNNNNNN (DmflmmAOON—‘O 115 210 116 211 117 212 118 . 213 119 214 120 215 ***** 121 216 122 217 123 218 124 **** 219 ) N—‘O 125 ***** 220 126 221 222 127 **** Q) 00 128 223 |||||||||||||||||||lllllllllllllllllllll|||||||||||l|||l|||l||||||||l||il|||||||||||*i****i*** Cmpd No I H I Cmpd No 11 HSD1 Cmpd No 1 (IC50) (IC50) (IC50) 34 * 129 * 224 ***** ***** 130 * 225 ***** 36 * 13 1 * 226 * 37 * 132 *** 227 * 38 *** 133 * 228 * 39 * 134 * 229 **** 40 * 135 * 230 *** **** 4 1 136 231 *** 42 * 137 **** 232 *** 43 * 138 *** 233 * 44 ***** 139 **** 234 * * 140 ***** 45 235 ***** 46 * 14 1 * 236 **** 47 ***** 142 ***** 237 *** * ***** 48 143 238 * 49 * 1 4 * 239 * * ***** 50 145 240 * * 146 * 241 * 52 * 47 * 242 * ***** 148 * ***** 53 243 54 * 149 * 244 * ***** **** ***** 55 150 245 56 *** 15 1 **** 246 * 57 * 152 * 247 * 58 * 153 248 ***** 59 *** 154 * 249 ** ***** * 250 ***** 60 155 * 156 ***** 6 1 251 ***** 62 * 157 ***** 252 * * 158 * 253 ***** 64 *** 159 ***** 254 * * 160 * 255 ***** ***** ***** 256 * 66 16 1 67 * 162 257 **** Cmpd No PHSD1 Cmpd No 1 PHSD1 Cmpd No pHSD1 (IC50) (IC50) (IC50) 68 * 163 * 258 * 69 * 64 **** 259 *** 70 * 165 * 260 * 7 1 66 * 261 ** 72 ***** 167 ***** 262 * 73 * 168 * 263 ***** 74 * 169 * 264 * 75 ***** 170 * 265 * 76 * 17 1 * 266 * 77 * 172 * 267 * 78 ***** 173 ***** 268 * 79 * 174 * 80 * 175 * ***** *** 8 1 176 82 * 177 *** 83 * 178 * 84 ***** 179 * 85 * 180 * 86 ***** 18 1 * 87 ***** 182 * 88 * 183 * 89 *** 184 * 90 ★*** 185 *** * ***** 9 1 186 92 **** 187 * 93 ***** 188 ***** 94 *** 189 * 95 ***** 90 ***** ***** = < 100nM **** = 100nM< and < 150 nM " * = 150nM< and <200 nM ** = 200nM< and <250 nM * = 250nM<

Claims (14)

Claims:
1. A compound of formula (I): A W2 ( )c (R1)a Ar B W1 D R1a R1a (R1)b Formula (I) wherein: each R1 and R1a is independently selected from the group consisting of H, , CONHC(CH3)3, OH, CO2H, CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, phenyl, CH2OH, CN and OCH3. or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form a cyclic moiety, or any two R1 on the same carbon when taken together may form a group of the formula =O Ar is a C1-C18heteroaryl group selected from the group consisting of: (R7)e (R7)f (R7)e N N N N R8 R8 R8 (R7)e (R7)e (R7)e N N N N S N (R7)e wherein each R7 is ndently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCF3, C1-C12alkyl, C1-C12haloalkyl, C2-C12alkenyl, C2-C12alkynyl, C2- C12heteroalkyl, C3-C12cycloalkyl C3-C12cycloalkenyl, C2-C12heterocycloalkyl, C2- C12heterocycloalkenyl, C6-C18aryl, C1-C18heteroaryl, C1-C12alkyloxy, C2-C12alkenyloxy, C2- C12alkynyloxy, C2-C10heteroalkyloxy, C3-C12cycloalkyloxy, C3-C12cycloalkenyloxy, C2- C12heterocycloalkyloxy, C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, C6-C18aryloxy, C1-C1 heteroaryloxy, C1-C12alkylamino, SR9, SO3H, SO2NR9R10, SO2R9, SONR9R10, SOR9, COR9, COOH, COOR9, CONR9R10, NR9COR10, NR9COOR10, NR9SO2R10, NR9CONR9R10, NR9R10, and acyl; wherein R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C12alkyl, C2-C12alkenyl, C2- C12alkynyl, C2-C12heteroalkyl, C3-C12cycloalkyl, C2-C12heterocycloalkyl, aryl, C1- C18heteroaryl, SO3H, SO2NR9R10, SO2R9, SONR9R10, SOR9, COR9, COOH, COOR9, and CONR9R10; wherein each R9 and R10 is independently selected from the group ting of H, C1-C12alkyl, C2-C10heteroalkyl, C1-C12haloalkyl, C3-C12cycloalkyl, C6-C18aryl, and C1- eroaryl; e is an integer ed from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4; f is an integer ed the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, and 3; A is -CRaRb-; B is CH2. wherein each Ra, and Rb, is independently selected from the group ting of H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCF3, alkyl, C2-C10heteroalkyl, C1-C12haloalkyl, C3-C12cycloalkyl, C6-C18aryl, C1-C18heteroaryl; SR2, SO3H, SO2NR2R3, SO2R2, SONR2R3, SOR2, COR2, COOH, COOR2, CONR2R3, NR2COR3, NR2COOR3, NR2SO2R3, NR2CONR2R2, NR2R3, and acyl wherein Ra and Rb are different, n each R2 and R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1- C12alkyl, C2-C10heteroalkyl, C1-C12haloalkyl, C3-C12cycloalkyl, C6-C18aryl, and C1- C18heteroaryl; W1 and W2 are selected such that one is N and the other is (CR12), the bond from the carbonyl carbon is joined to whichever of W1 or W2 is N, D is O or (CR12), a is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2, 3 ; b is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8, c is 1; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound ing to claim 1 wherein D is (CR12).
3. A nd according to claim 1 having the formula: Ra R1 Rb O R1 Ar N R1a (R1)a (CR12) (R1)b wherein Ar, Ra, Rb, R1, R1a, a and b are as defined in claim 1.
4. A compound according to claim 3 wherein one of Ra and Rb is H and the other is C1- C12alkyl.
5. A compound according to claim 1 n the R7 substituent is located in the 4 or the 5 position of the six membered ring.
6. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, (CH2)3CH3, Cl, Br, F, I, OH, NO2, NH2, CN, SO3H, OCH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CF3, and OCF3.
7. A nd according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of: O O N N O O N N N N N O O O O N O O O N O N OH H N O OH N O N ONa H N F O O F N N F NC N N H H O O N N N N O O N N F F H N N H H O O N H N H H H N N H H O O N N F F N N H H O O N N H N N H H O O N Cl Cl O O OH O OH N N Cl O Cl N N H H O OH O N N N N H H O O O O N N N N O O O O N N F F N N H H O O O O N N F F N N H H O O N S N S O O N N N N N N H H O O N N OH Cl OH N N H N N O O N N OH CN N N N H H OH OH O O N O N O N F N H H O N N O N S N N OH OH O O N O N O N S OH F N O O N S O H N OH OH O O N O N O N N H F OH OH O O N O N O N N N O N O N N H N N N O N O N N N Cl N OH O O HO N O N F N N O N N O N N N HO N S F N N N N OH F N N OH F O O N OH N O N OH N N F O N N OH N N N N OH N N O O F S N N N N N HN OH N N HN OH F F N N N HN OH H HO O O O N N N HO N HO H H O O O O N HN N N OH O O OH F O O Cl N OH N H H O HO O Cl S O N OH N OH H H O O O HN N HN N O O OH OH O O OH N N N OH N H H O O N O N OH N N OH N OH 265 265 266 266 267 267 0:80 pri I 268 268 269 269 270 270 272 272 ac F O s \ ac F O o \ F O m \‘ s % OH HN’N 33OH O O N N F OH F OH O O O S O O N N N N N N O O N O F OH OH O O O S O O N O N O N N H H O O N O F OH OH O O O S O O N O N O N N H H O O F OH OH O O O S O O N N N N H H F OH Cl OH O O O O O O N N N N H H OH F OH O O O O O N N N N H H S O O OH F OH O O O O O N N O O OH F OH O O O O O N N N N OH F OH O O O O O N N N N N N H H OH OH S O O O O N N N N N N F OH OH O O O S O O N N N N N N N O OH F OH S O O O O N O N N N N OH OH O O O O N O N N N OH N N S O O O N N N H N N N N F N N N N N O O N O O N H N H N N H H N N N N O N N N S O O N H N H N N F N N N N O N N N O S O N N H N H N N OH O Cl O N N N N H O N O or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
8. A pharmaceutical composition including a compound ing to any one of claims 1 to 7 and a pharmaceutically able diluent, excipient or r.
9. Use of a compound ing to claim 1 in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a condition selected from the group consisting of diabetes, hyperglycemia, low glucose tolerance, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, dyslipidemia, obesity, abdominal obesity, glaucoma, hypertension, atherosclerosis and its sequelae, retinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy, orosis, osteoarthritis, dementia, sion, neurodegenerative disease, psychiatric disorders, Cushing’s Disease, Cushing’s syndrome, virus diseases, and inflammatory diseases..
10. A use according to claim 9 wherein the condition is diabetes.
11. A use according to claim 10 wherein the condition is type II diabetes.
12. A use according to any one of claims 9 to 12 wherein the medicament contains an adjuvant.
13. A use according to claim 12, wherein the adjuvant is selected from the group consisting of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DP-IV) inhibitors; (b) insulin sensitizing agents; (c) insulin and insulin mimetics; (d) sulfonylureas and other insulin secretagogues; (e) alpha.- idase inhibitors; (f) GLP-1, GLP-1 analogs, and GLP-1 receptor agonists; and combinations thereof.
14. A use according to claim 13 wherein the n izing agents are selected from the group consisting of (i) PPAR-gamma-agonists, (ii) PPAR-alpha-agonists, (iii) PPAR- alpha/gamma-dual agonists, (iv) biguanides, and combinations thereof.
NZ626745A 2011-12-22 2012-12-21 Cyclic amide derivatives as inhibitors of 11 - beta - hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and uses thereof NZ626745B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IN4527CH2011 2011-12-22
IN4527/CHE/2011 2011-12-22
PCT/IN2012/000841 WO2013128465A1 (en) 2011-12-22 2012-12-21 Cyclic amide derivatives as inhibitors of 11 - beta - hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
NZ626745A NZ626745A (en) 2016-06-24
NZ626745B2 true NZ626745B2 (en) 2016-09-27

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
DK2800748T3 (en) CYCLIC AMIDE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF 11-BETA-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF
AU2017263361B2 (en) Cyclopropyl-amide compounds as dual LSD1/HDAC inhibitors
EP3686196B1 (en) Polycyclic compound acting as ido inhibitor and/or ido-hdac dual inhibitor
AU2013243353B2 (en) Fused cyclopentyl antagonists of CCR2
EP2794607B1 (en) Derivatives of aza adamantane and uses thereof
WO2007042660A2 (en) Substituted 1-amino-phthalzine derivatives, preparation and therapeutic use thereof
EP3400226A1 (en) Derivatives of pyrroloimidazole or analogues thereof which are useful for the treatment of inter alia cancer
EP4103564A1 (en) P2x3 modulators
EP3303331A1 (en) Muscarinic m1 receptor positive allosteric modulators
NZ626745B2 (en) Cyclic amide derivatives as inhibitors of 11 - beta - hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and uses thereof
AU2004313695A1 (en) Tricyclic benzazepine derivatives as squalene synthase inhibitors used for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases
NO et al. 3rd Phase, Bangalore 560078 (IN).